EMB 135/145 Series - Minimum Equipment List

EMB 135/145 Series -
Minimum Equipment List

EMB 135/145 Series MEL
MEL Record of Revisions
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

Revision Record Page
All additions, corrections, or changes to the Manual will be issued

as manual revisions and will be numbered in ascending numerical
sequence. Revisions shall be incorporated into the manual as soon as
possible and shall not be inserted out of numerical sequence unless
so instructed on the Instruction Page that accompanies the revision.
When revisions to the Manual are received, follow the directions on

the Instruction Page for inclusion in the Manual.
REV DATE YOUR REV DATE YOUR DATE YOUR

REV NO.
NO. ENTERED INITIALS NO. ENTERED INITIALS ENTERED INITIALS
Orig. 18 07/15/08 CH 36
1 19 37
2 20 38
3 21 39
4 22 40
5 23 41
6 24 42
7 25 43
8 11/29/02 CEC 26 44
9 10/01/03 CEC 27 45
10 05/01/04 CEC 28 46
11 10/15/04 CEC 29 47
12 04/15/05 CEC 30 48
13 02/02/06 KL 31 49
14 09/01/06 CEC 32 50
15 11/01/06 CEC 33 51
16 03/01/07 DM 34 52
17 04/30/08 CH 35 53
MEL ROR - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
MEL ROR - 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
MEL Bulletin Record

Bulletin Record Page
Bulletins are issued on an as needed basis to convey timely information to the
Flight Crew and Maintenance Personnel. Bulletin information may supersede
current information found in this manual or introduce new procedures due to
changes in the regulatory or operating environment. Bulletins will have either a
verbal or written FAA acceptance or approval prior to distribution. Bulletins are
to be inserted in the area so designated on the first page of the bulletin. Their
insertion or removal is to be recorded below. Bulletins will be removed once the
material covered is incorporated into a Company manual revision (usually the
next revision), or is no longer valid. Bulletins will be numbered consecutively un-
less otherwise noted. Bulletins are to be inserted in the area as designated on
the first page of the bulletin. Bulletin insertion or removal requires an entry in the
Bulletin Record page of the MEL. Bulletins will be removed once the material
covered is incorporated in the next MEL revision or when the information therein
is no longer valid. When a Bulletin is issued by FAX, it is the responsibility of the
current PIC (Pilot-in-command) to insert the bulletin into the respective aircraft
MEL. When a Bulletin is issued through the normal process, it is the responsibil-
ity of the assigned technician to insert the bulletin in the appropriate manner as
described on the first page of the Bulletin. Current bulletin status is available
from the Technical Publications department.
Bulletin Date Subject Chapter/Page Date

No. Issued Location Removed
MEL ROR - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MEL ROR - 4
Revision Highlights
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08
MEL Revision Highlights

Revision 18
This revision incorporates the MMEL Revision 13 changes.
1) ATA-22
(a) Changed ATA 22-11-01(-3), Flight Guidance Controller
Panel, Remarks/Exceptions Section wording
2) ATA-23
(a) Remove ATA 23-51-12 (-1), Boom Microphones
(b) New Item ATA 23-73-00 (-1), Video Surveillance System
(c) New Item ATA 23-73-00 (-2), Video Unit
(d) New Item ATA 23-73-00 (-3), Video Camera
3) ATA-24
(a) Changed ATA 24-34-01 (-1), APU Starter Generator,
Remarks/Exceptions Section wording
4) ATA-25
(a) Changed ATA 25-21-05 (-2), Passenger Seats Recline
Mechanisms, Remarks/Exceptions field
(b) Changed ATA 25-98-XXX to ATA 25-99-XXX, duplicate ATA
numbers
5) ATA-26
(c) Changed ATA 26-12-00 (-1), APU Fire Detection System,
Remarks/Exceptions Section
(a) New item ATA 26-15-10 (-1), Baggage Compartment Smoke
Detector Protective Bar
(b) Changed ATA 26-22-00 (-1), APU fire extinguisher system,
(c) Changed ATA 26-22-01 (-2), APU EXTBTL INOP Caution
Message, Remarks/Exceptions Section
6) ATA-27
(a) Remove ATA 27-70-00 (-1), Gust lock system/Mechanical
system
(b) Changed ATA 27-70-00 (-2), Gust lock system/Electro-
mechanical system, Remarks/Exceptions and Flight Crew
Operating Procedures Sections
MEL HGH- 1
Revision Highlights
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08
7) ATA-28
(a) Changed ATA 28-22-01 (-1), APU fuel shutoff valve,
(b) Changed ATA 28-23-00 (-1), Pressure defueling/refueling
system, add a note to the Remarks/Exceptions
(c) Changed ATA 28-45-02 (-1), APU fuel low press switch,
8) ATA-30
(a) Changed ATA 30-21-00 (-1)(-2), Engine Anti-Icing Systems,
(b) Added Note to ATA 30-21-01 (-1), Engine Anti-icing Valves
(c) Changed ATA 30-80-00 (-1), Ice detectors, Flight Crew
Operating Procedures Section
(d) New item ATA 30-80-00 (-2), Ice detectors
9) ATA-32
(a) Changed ATA 32-40-01 (-2), Brake Temperature Indications,
Remarks/Exceptions Sections
(b) New Item ATA 32-49-00 (-1), Assembly wear indicator
10) ATA-34
(a) Changed ATA 34-24-01 (-1), Standby attitude indication,
(b) Changed ATA 34-31-02 (-1), Altitude Preselect Function,
11) ATA-35
(a) Changed ATA 35-20-05 (-1), Passenger Oxygen System
Door Manual Opening Tool, Remarks/Exceptions Section
12) ATA-36
(a) Changed ATA 36-20-00 (-1), BLD APU LEAK warning
message, Remarks/Exceptions Section
13) ATA-78
(a) Changed ATA 78-34-05 (-1), Idle Stop, Remarks/Exceptions
Section
14) MX-23
(a) Deleted ATA 23-20-00 (-1)
(b) Added ATA 23-73-00 (-1), Video Surveillance System
15) MX-25
(a) Added ATA 25-21-05 (-2), Passenger Seats
(b) Deleted ATA numbers: 25-60-02 (-1) thru (-7), (-10), and
(-19)
MEL HGH- 2
Table of Contents
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08
EMB 135/145 Series - Minimum Equipment List

Revision Record Page ................................................... MEL ROR-1
Bulletin Record Page ..................................................... MEL ROR-3
Revision Highlights ......................................................... MEL HGH-1
List of Effective Pages .................................................... MEL LEP-1
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Introduction

General ................................................................................ INTRO-1
Authority ............................................................................... INTRO-2
Responsibilities .................................................................... INTRO-2
Control, Review and Distribution of the MEL ....................... INTRO-4
Bulletins (Temporary Revisions) .......................................... INTRO-6
Deferral of Inoperative Systems ........................................... INTRO-7
M.E.L. Computer Entry....................................................... INTRO-11
Flight Log Deferral Index Form GMM-M105 ...................... INTRO-11
Tracking and Closing Open M.E.L.’s.................................. INTRO-14
Extending the M.E.L. Repair Deadline ............................... INTRO-15
Non-Essential Equipment and Furnishings Program ......... INTRO-19
Deferring CDL items........................................................... INTRO-20
Discrepancies After Departure ........................................... INTRO-20
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Definitions

System Definitions: .................................................................. DEF-1
"Airplane Flight Manual" ........................................................... DEF-2
“As required by FAR” .............................................................. DEF-2
Each inoperative item must be placarded ................................ DEF-3
"-" symbol ................................................................................. DEF-3
"Deleted" .................................................................................. DEF-3
"Federal Aviation Regulations"................................................. DEF-3
"Flight Day" .............................................................................. DEF-3
"Icing Conditions" ..................................................................... DEF-3
“Alphabetical Symbol” .............................................................. DEF-3
"Inoperative" ............................................................................. DEF-3
"Notes:" .................................................................................... DEF-3
Inoperative components of an inoperative system: .................. DEF-4
"(M)" ......................................................................................... DEF-4
"(O)" ......................................................................................... DEF-4
MEL TOC- 1
Table of Contents
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08
"Deactivated" and "Secured".................................................... DEF-4

"Visual Flight Rules"................................................................. DEF-5
"Visual Meteorological Conditions" .......................................... DEF-5
"Visible Moisture" ..................................................................... DEF-5
Repair Intervals:....................................................................... DEF-5
Electronic fault alerting system - General ................................ DEF-6
"Administrative control item" .................................................... DEF-6
“***” symbol ............................................................................ DEF-7
"Excess Items" ......................................................................... DEF-7
"Day of Discovery" ................................................................... DEF-7
“Considered Inoperative”. ........................................................ DEF-7
“Is not used” ............................................................................ DEF-7
RVSM or DRVSM .................................................................... DEF-8
NEF.......................................................................................... DEF-8
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Preamble

General ................................................................................... PRE-1
Minimum Equipment Listing

System 21: Air Conditioning.................................................ATA 21-1
System 22: Auto Flight .........................................................ATA 22-1
System 23: Communications ...............................................ATA 23-1
System 24: Electrical Power ................................................ATA 24-1
System 25: Equipment / Furnishings ...................................ATA 25-1
System 26: Fire Protection...................................................ATA 26-1
System 27: Flight Controls...................................................ATA 27-1
System 28: Fuel ...................................................................ATA 28-1
System 29: Hydraulic Power ................................................ATA 29-1
System 30: Ice and Rain Protection.....................................ATA 30-1
System 31: Indicating / Recording Systems ........................ATA 31-1
System 32: Landing Gear ....................................................ATA 32-1
System 33: Lights ................................................................ATA 33-1
System 34: Navigation .........................................................ATA 34-1
System 35: Oxygen..............................................................ATA 35-1
System 36: Pneumatic .........................................................ATA 36-1
System 38: Water / Waste ...................................................ATA 38-1
System 45: Central Maintenance Computer ........................ATA 45-1
System 49: Airborne Auxiliary Power...................................ATA 49-1
MEL TOC- 2
Table of Contents
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08
System 52: Doors................................................................ ATA 52-1

System 56: Windows........................................................... ATA 56-1
System 73: Engine Fuel and Control .................................. ATA 73-1
System 74: Ignition.............................................................. ATA 74-1
System 77: Engine Indicating.............................................. ATA 77-1
System 78: Engine Exhaust ................................................ ATA 78-1
System 79: Engine Oil......................................................... ATA 79-1
System 80: Starting ............................................................. ATA 80-1
RVSM
RVSM .................................................................................... RVSM-1
Charts
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Chart 1 ............................................Chart 1-1
Maintenance Procedures
ATA 21 - Air Conditioning...................................................... MX 21-1
ATA 22 - Auto Flight .............................................................. MX 22-1
ATA 23 - Communications .................................................... MX 23-1
ATA 24 - Electrical Power ..................................................... MX 24-1
ATA 25 - Equipment / Furnishings ........................................ MX 25-1
ATA 26 - Fire Protection........................................................ MX 26-1
ATA 27 - Flight Controls ........................................................ MX 27-1
ATA 28 - Fuel ........................................................................ MX 28-1
ATA 29 - Hydraulic Power ..................................................... MX 29-1
ATA 30 - Ice and Rain Protection.......................................... MX 30-1
ATA 31 - Indicating / Recording Systems ............................. MX 31-1
ATA 32 - Landing Gear ......................................................... MX 32-1
ATA 33 - Lights ..................................................................... MX 33-1
ATA 34 - Navigation .............................................................. MX 34-1
ATA 35 - Oxygen................................................................... MX 35-1
MEL TOC- 3
Table of Contents
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08
ATA 36 - Pneumatic.............................................................. MX 36-1

ATA 38 - Water / Waste ........................................................ MX 38-1
ATA 45 - Central Maintenance Computer (CMC) ................. MX 45-1
ATA 49 - Airborne Auxiliary Power ....................................... MX 49-1
ATA 52 - Doors ..................................................................... MX 52-1
ATA 56 - Windows ................................................................ MX 56-1
ATA 73 - Engine Fuel & Control............................................ MX 73-1
ATA 74 - Ignition ................................................................... MX 74-1
ATA 77 - Engine Indicating ................................................... MX 77-1
ATA 78 - Engine Exhaust...................................................... MX 78-1
ATA 79 - Engine Oil .............................................................. MX 79-1
ATA 80 - Starting .................................................................. MX 80-1
EMB 135/145 Series Configuration Deviation List

Table of Contents.................................................................... CDL -1
ATA 06 - Dimensions and Areas......................................... CDL 06-1
ATA 23 - Communications .................................................. CDL 23-1
ATA 28 - Fuel...................................................................... CDL 28-1
ATA 32 - Landing Gear ....................................................... CDL 32-1
ATA 33 - Lights ................................................................... CDL 33-1
ATA 49 - Auxiliary Power Unit............................................. CDL 49-1
ATA 52 - Doors ................................................................... CDL 52-1
ATA 54 - Nacelle / Pylons ................................................... CDL 54-1
ATA 55 - Stabilizers ............................................................ CDL 55-1
ATA 57 - Wings................................................................... CDL 57-1
ATA 78 - Engine Exhaust.................................................... CDL 78-1
MEL TOC- 4
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Introduction

119.43 121.628 91.403
119.5 121.701 91.7
121.135 121.709
121.153 43.9
121.303 91.213
GENERAL
The purpose of the M.E.L. is to authorize Chautauqua Airlines to oper-

ate particular aircraft with equipment that is no longer in operational con-
dition.
Individual items contained within this M.E.L. are sequenced utilizing the
ATA numerical system. Individual items will address procedures for both
operational and maintenance personnel to follow in conjunction with
Chautauqua Airlines' Operations and Maintenance Manual procedures
as applicable.
________________________________________________________
Deferral Procedures
This section describes two of the methods to defer a maintenance item

at Chautauqua Airlines. They are:
- M.E.L.
- C.D.L.
1. General
Chautauqua's policy is to repair all noted defects as quickly as possible.

Every effort is made to correct deficiencies before any consideration is
given to deferral. Deferrals for inoperative systems which are listed in
the type aircraft Minimum Equipment List (MEL) or Configuration Devi-
ation List (CDL) are authorized using the procedures specified in this
section.
INTRO-1
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
2. Authority
Flights under FAR Parts 91 or 121 may not be initiated with inoperable
instruments or equipment installed unless such operation with inopera-
tive equipment is permitted by an approved MEL or CDL. Approved
MEL/CDL items include those items of equipment related to airworthi-
ness and operating regulations and other items that may be inoperative
and still maintain an acceptable level of safety by appropriate conditions
and limitations.
3. Responsibilities
Chautauqua Airlines maintains a program for management of the MEL

that consists of the following:
a. MAINTENANCE CONTROL
1. The Maintenance Controller on duty, through consultations with

the flight crew and the maintenance technician, is responsible to
ensure that the chosen MEL/CDL item is an appropriate deferral
for the deficient system.
2. The Manager of Maintenance Control reviews the following items

during the Daily Operations Meeting held Monday through Friday,
attended by representatives of each department in the Engineer-
ing and Maintenance Division.
- Total number of MELs by fleet type
- Reason for any delay in the repair of an MEL item
- Review of plans to bring together parts, maintenance personnel

and aircraft to complete the repair of MEL items
b. MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN
1. If items are deferred due to the unavailability of parts, Mainte-

nance personnel are responsible to ensure that an order (using a
computer tracking system part requisition) has been submitted to
the Purchasing/Repairs Department. It is the responsibility of the
Purchasing/Repairs Department at Chautauqua Airlines to ensure
that parts have been ordered/expedited and a firm delivery date
has been established.
INTRO-2
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
c. FLIGHT CREW
1. Prior to flight the pilot-in-command will assess the affect of multiple

inoperative items and the increased work load on safety.
This would include review of all assigned MEL deferrals and the
aircraft for their relationships to one another as well as the provi-
sos for each deferral that may dictate to consider another system
inoperative.
Any restrictions imposed by an assigned MEL item or one listed

as to be “Considered Inoperative” must be followed. These restric-
tions may be listed in either the “Flight Crew Operating Proce-
dures” column or the “Remarks / Exceptions” column of the
appropriate MEL item(s).
Example:
MEL Item 24-20-03 (-1), Inverter, states in the MEL provisos

(Remarks / Exceptions), under proviso a), that the GPWS/Wind-
shear is considered inoperative.
This would lead to the GPWS/Windshear MEL Item 34-41-00 (-

6 or -7), this MEL item (-7) has a proviso b) which limits the air-
craft and does not allow take off and landings in known or fore-
cast windshear conditions.
In the situation above, the restrictions of both the Inverter MEL

and the GPWS/Windshear must be followed.
2. Any requirement listed in the “Remarks / Exceptions” column of

the appropriate MEL item(s) that requires action prior to departure
must be confirmed for completion by the PIC through verbal com-
munication with Maintenance Control. Contacting Maintenance
Control is the only positive means to confirm compliance with
these types of provisos.
Example:
MEL Item 73-33-02 (-1) Fuel Filters advisory messages states in
proviso a) that the fuel-filter mechanical actual-by-pass indicator
is checked not extended before each departure.
This would mean that the PIC must contact MX Control and ver-
bally confirm that the fuel-filter mechanical actual-by-pass indi-
cator has been inspected for extension since the previous flight.
INTRO-3
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
4. Control, Review and Distribution of the MEL
Chautauqua’s Engineering Department reviews revised MMELs appli-

cable to Chautauqua's aircraft. The revisions are reviewed by the appli-
cable company Engineer and the aircraft Flight Operations Fleet
Manager. The Engineering Department chairs a committee to review
the MMEL.
a. The MEL Committee members listed below are responsible for the
required Chautauqua MEL changes:
1) Maintenance Department
a) Manager of Maintenance Control or his / her designee
b) Applicable Engineer or his / her designee
2) Flight Department
a) Director of Flight operations or designee.
3) Systems Operations Control Department
a) Manager of Dispatch or his / her designee
4) Technical Publications
a) Manager of Technical Publications or his / her designee
b. A copy of the revised MMEL is given to the Committee members for

review and is compared to Chautauqua's MEL. The Committee
members are assigned specific duties to develop procedures to
meet the revised MMEL requirements.
c. New procedures developed by the Committee members (when

required) are given to the Engineering Department to be formatted.
The revised MEL procedures are distributed to the appropriate
Committee members for review and comment. The revised MEL is
submitted to the local FAA Principal Operations Inspector (POI) for
final approval.
d. Once the POI has given final approval, Technical Publications dis-
tributes the approved MEL in accordance with normal distribution.
INTRO-4
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
e. DISTRIBUTION
For distribution or revision status of the M.E.L., check the company

Intranet, or contact the Manager of Technical Publications at (317)
484-6038. (This is also a Dialnet number).
The Manager of Technical Publications (or his/her designee) distrib-

utes and monitors this M.E.L. Monitoring is performed through the
CALM database and controlled through the Fleet Publication Change
(FPC) program. A unique part number is assigned to each publication,
coding it for insertion or removal.
Normally, within 3 working days after receipt of formal FAA approval,

Tech Pubs will issue advance copies of the latest revision/bulletin to
the Manager of Maintenance Control and advise the Manager of Tech-
nical Services. Within a maximum of 5 working days from receipt from
Tech Pubs, the Manager of Maintenance Control, or designee, will ad-
vise the Manager of Technical Services via e-mail, that the necessary
review has been accomplished to commence installation of the updat-
ed fleet manuals. The Manager of Technical Services will confirm the
following prior to activation:
• Manuals are prepared and shipped to the maintenance bases.
• The manual part number is loaded in inventory.
• Maintenance Planning is advised of the task.
• The FPC is prepared.
The Manager of Technical Services will then ensure the following is ac-
complished upon activation of fleet swap:
• The maintenance tracking system is updated.
• The FPC is activated.
• Maintenance Planning is prepared to commence.
• Sabre is updated by Maintenance Control.
• Manual revision status is updated.
The fleet swap is accomplished via the Fleet Publications Change form
and is normally completed within 21 days of approval from Manager of
Technical Services. The Manager of Technical Services, or designee is
the controlling authority on this process.
f. CONTROLLING DOCUMENT DURING REVISION DISCREPANCY
During times of an MEL revision, a discrepancy may arise between the

revision number installed in the aircraft and the revision number of
other MEL documents.
Any differences between MEL revisions will be resolved by referencing
the MEL issued to the Maintenance Control dept. The MEL housed in
the Maintenance Control dept. is the current controlling document.
INTRO-5
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
When Maintenance Control issues an MEL /CDL that involves a revision

discrepancy, Maintenance Control will electronically (Fax, Email, Etc.)
forward a copy of the affected page(s) from the controlling document to
be printed out and placed within the MEL document in question. The af-
fected page(s) are those page(s) that list the MEL item and provisions,
maintenance procedures, applicable charts and/or CDL pages. The for-
warded copy will be placed in the front of the MEL by the Pilot In Com-
mand and annotated as follows:
"This copy is to remain with the MEL"
g. MISSING MEL PAGES
When Maintenance Control issues an MEL /CDL that involves missing

portions of a manual, Maintenance Control will electronically (Fax,
Email, Etc.) forward a copy of the affected page(s) from the controlling
document to be printed out and placed within the MEL document in
question. The affected page(s) are those page(s) that list the MEL item
and provisions, maintenance procedures, applicable charts and/or CDL
pages. The affected MEL manual must be replaced at the next Mainte-
nance base that has a spare manual available. This will be coordinated
by the Maintenance Control department after forwarding any required
pages to the aircraft.
5. Bulletins (Temporary Revisions)

Bulletins (Temporary Revisions) represent a temporary form of a revi-
sion and will be issued on an as needed basis to convey timely informa-
tion. Bulletins are so identified and printed on yellow paper and are
distributed in the normal manner as outlined in the General Policies
Manual. Bulletins requiring immediate incorporation are sent by fax fol-
lowed by regular copy.
Bulletins are reviewed by the applicable company Engineer (or his/her
designee) and the aircraft Flight Operations Fleet Manager (Or his/her
designee). All Bulletins will be reviewed and coordinated in conjunction
with the FAA.
The Manager of Technical Publications (Or his/her designee) issues ap-
proved bulletins. Bulletins are not issued through the publications track-
ing system and no Acknowledgement Letters are issued with them. The
status is posted via all normal revision status reporting systems.
Bulletins are to be inserted in the area as designated on the first page

of the bulletin. Bulletin insertion or removal requires an entry in the Bul-
letin Record page of the MEL. Bulletins will be removed once the mate-
rial covered is incorporated in the next MEL revision or when the
information therein is no longer valid.
INTRO-6
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
When a Bulletin is issued by FAX, it is the responsibility of the current

PIC (Pilot-in-command) to insert the bulletin into the respective aircraft
MEL. When a Bulletin is issued through the normal process, it is the re-
sponsibility of the assigned technician to insert the bulletin in the appro-
priate manner as described on the first page of the Bulletin.
Bulletins will only be utilized for items of a time critical nature and can
not be less restrictive than the current MEL. The introduction of new
MEL items other than those of a time critical nature, may only be done
through the normal MEL revision process. In any case, the FAA must be
involved and agree with the issuance of a Bulletin.
Examples of items that may be issued as Bulletins are as follows:

a. Changes for typographical errors.
b. Procedure clarification. The addition of statements or the changing
of the text to clarify a currently approved procedure may be per-
formed through an MEL Bulletin. A normal procedural change must
be accomplished through the normal revision process, except as
listed in items C and D.
c. New procedures due to changes in the regulatory environment, i.e.
Airworthiness Directives, Federal Aviation Regulations, etc.
d. A procedure that may be deemed as inappropriate or does not ade-
quately address the intended function of the MEL provisos.
6. Deferral of Inoperative Systems
The deferral of inoperative systems starts with notification to the Main-

tenance Controller by the technician or flight crew.
When the inoperative system is determined, the Maintenance Controller

initiates the deferral process by selecting the proper MEL for that defi-
ciency. It is important that this item's interrelationship with other inoper-
ative or deferred systems is evaluated and does not cause an
unairworthy condition. It is the Maintenance Controllers responsibility for
assuring that no aircraft is released from maintenance with multiple MEL
items inoperative without first determining that any interface or inter-re-
lationship between inoperative systems or components will not result in
a degradation in the level of safety. The dispatcher releasing the aircraft,
and the pilot-in-command must also assess the affect of multiple inop-
erative MEL items and the increased work load on safety; as well as
checking the airworthiness of multiple inoperative MEL items.
A.) Deferring Items by Maintenance Personnel, either Chautauqua or

On-Call
The Technician at the aircraft performing the deferral is ultimately

responsible for verification and completeness of the deferred item.
INTRO-7
Introduction
Rev. 17 Date: 04-30-08
The Maintenance Controller responsible for the deferral must be famil-

iar with the chosen MEL/CDL item and procedures. If necessary, the
Maintenance Controller will contact an individual familiar with the sys-
tem for assistance.
1) It is agreed upon by the Technician at the aircraft and the Mainte-

nance Controller responsible for the aircraft that the chosen MEL/
CDL item is a valid deferral for the deficient system.
2) The Maintenance Controller enters the information into the D.R.B.

computer system. The computer then automatically generates a
ticket number.
3) Maintenance Control has the technician make the following

entries in the corrective action block for the original discrepancy in
the Log Book Form GMM-101 after the confirmation is complete:
a) Item Being Deferred
b) MEL/CDL number and category code
c) Full name and employee number of the Maintenance Controller

responsible for and authorizing the deferral
d) The technician enters his/her signature and employee (contract

maintenance enters A&P) number in the technician’s signature
block
e) The date
f) Ticket Number generated from the D.R.B. computer system.
4) The Technician repeats the original discrepancy and the deferral

entry to the Maintenance Controller verifying its correctness and
location.
5) The Technician is responsible for installing an “Inoperative” plac-

ard (with the MEL/CDL number) on all applicable components,
controls or indicators in accordance with the procedure listed on
the MEL/CDL item.
6) The Technician enters the deferral information on the Flight Log
Deferred Index Form GMM-M105.
INTRO-8
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
7) The technician enters the discrepancy in the computer tracking

system. See “M.E.L. computer entry”. If the item is deferred by
Contract Maintenance or flight crew personnel, Chautauqua
Maintenance makes the entry in the computer at the next base.
Notification of the required entry to personnel at the next base will
be initiated by Maintenance Control.
B) Deferring Items by the Flight Crew
Maintenance Items that may be deferred by the flight crew under the
direction of Maintenance Control are identified in the specific MEL item
under the Crew Operating Procedures column for that item (reference
Definitions section of specific MEL). If the Maintenance Item requires a
Maintenance Action, a mechanic will be dispatched to complete the
required Maintenance Action, unless that item has been previously
determined and approved that the crew member may perform the
deactivation procedure. The Flight Crew operating Procedures column
will have the following statement for those Maintenance Deactivation
Procedures that may be performed by the flight crew: “This deactiva-
tion procedure may be accomplished by the flight crew, under direct,
verbal communications with Maintenance Control”
Deactivation procedures that may be accomplished by the flight
crew must be done so under direct, verbal communication with
Maintenance Control.
If the flight crew determines they cannot perform the maintenance
procedure, then a mechanic will be dispatched to the aircraft to
complete the required maintenance action.
If the maintenance Controller issuing the deferral determines that

the crew member performing the deactivation procedure can not
properly perform those actions, then the Maintenance Controller
must dispatch maintenance personnel to the aircraft to perform
such actions.
Procedures requiring specialized knowledge or skills that a crew

member would not normally have, or a procedure requiring the
use of tools or test equipment will be accomplished by mainte-
nance personnel.
Crew members are not allowed to perform Maintenance Deactiva-

tion Procedures when the item is being deferred at a Chautauqua
Airlines Maintenance Facility.
1) Maintenance Control and the flight crew consult ensuring the dis-
crepancy is accurately entered in the Log Book GMM-101.
2) Maintenance Control initiates the deferral process by selecting the

applicable Minimum Equipment List (MEL) number for the inoper-
ative item or system.
INTRO-9
Introduction
Rev. 17 Date: 04-30-08
3) The Maintenance Controller enters the information into the D.R.B.

computer system. The computer then automatically generates a
ticket number.
4) Maintenance Control has the flight crew make the following

entries in the corrective action block for the original discrepancy in
the Log Book Form GMM-101 after the confirmation is complete:
a) Item Being Deferred
b) MEL/CDL number and category code
c) Full name and employee number of the Maintenance Controller

responsible for and authorizing the deferral
d) Flight crew enters his/her signature and employee number in

the action taken block (not the Technician Block)
e) The date
f) Ticket Number generated from the D.R.B. computer system.
5) The pilot repeats the original discrepancy and the deferral entry to
the Maintenance Controller verifying its correctness and location.
6) The flight crew is responsible for installing an “Inoperative” placard

(with the MEL/CDL number) on all applicable components, con-
trols or indicators in accordance with the procedure listed on the
MEL/CDL item.
7) The flight crew enters the deferral information on the Flight Log
Deferred Index Form GMM-M105.
8) At the next maintenance base, maintenance control is responsible

to ensure that maintenance reviews the MEL, signs off in the
Technician block, and ensures the entry has been made in the
Flight Log Deferral Index.
9) The technician enters the discrepancy in the computer tracking
system. See “M.E.L. computer entry”.
Any time Maintenance Control issues a Ticket Number for a deferral per
M.E.L. which has operational conditions or limitations, the Maintenance
Controller shall verbally inform Dispatch of the restrictions. This verbal
communication serves as a backup to the normal computerized tracking
and notification system.
INTRO-10
Introduction
Rev. 17 Date: 04-30-08
The Dispatcher is responsible to assure that any limitations imposed by

M.E.L item, or combination of M.E.L. items are not contradictory to
FAR’s, company policy or aircraft operating procedures.
7. M.E.L. Computer Entry
Chautauqua Airlines utilizes two computer systems for tracking and up-
dating MEL entries. Each computer system serves a unique function.
The Bornemann system, primarily used to dispatch flights, is utilized for
tracking the time requirements of MELs. The Aerosoft computer tracking
system serves a different role. It is used to record maintenance activity.
This information is later used by the reliability department, engineering,
and maintenance.
a.Upon signing off an MEL in the aircraft log, the technician is respon-
sible to update the computer tracking system.
b.If after troubleshooting a deferral is not cleared, the technician is
responsible to update the computer tracking system with any addi-
tional information. The original deferral discrepancy can be recalled
using the aircraft log page and item number. This information is
listed in the Flight Log Deferral Index.
8. Flight Log Deferral Index Form GMM-M105
A log of open deferrals are listed in the Flight Log Deferral Index. This is
a quick reference for the Flight Crew and Technician. The following de-
ferral types that may be found in the index and are discussed in this
manual are:
- M.E.L.
- C.D.L.
Open items remain in the index until they are cleared. When a deferred
index is filled up, it is removed and sent to records.
a. Completing Flight Log Deferred Index
1) Enter MEL/CDL number
2) Enter category of MEL (A, B, C, D or P)
3) Enter the date the MEL originated.
4) Enter the ticket number. The ticket number is an auto generated

number that originates in maintenance control. All MELs must
have a ticket number.
INTRO-11
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
5) Enter a brief discrepancy from the original log page entry and any
Maintenance function or corrective action, i.e. circuit breaker
pulled and collar installed.
6) Enter the log page number the MEL is generated on.
7) The full name and employee number of the person entering the
information into the deferral index.
8) The date the MEL is closed.
9) The log page the MEL entry is closed on.
10) The full name and employee number of the person closing the
item in the deferral index.
b. Transferring open items
It may be necessary to transfer open items to a new index before send-

ing to records. The following procedure is to be used.
1) Copy the open deferral information to a new index.
2) Close the deferral on the old index by stating “Transferred to new

Index” in the date closed column.
3) Send the old index to records.
INTRO-12
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
Flight Log Deferred Index form GMM-M105
INTRO-13
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
9. Tracking and Closing Open M.E.L.’s
The technician deferring or troubleshooting the deferred item is respon-

sible for determining if parts are required and requesting those parts via
an electronic parts request. In the event contract maintenance is defer-
ring an item, Maintenance Control will be responsible to coordinate ad-
ditional troubleshooting and/or parts ordering in a timely fashion. The
Stores and Maintenance Control Departments communicate the loca-
tion and the estimated time of arrival of the required part. Upon the ar-
rival of the parts required, the Planning and Maintenance Control
Departments work to bring together the parts, maintenance personnel,
and the aircraft at a specific time and place to repair the deferred item.
When a deferred item has maintenance accomplished without closing

the deferral, the technician documents his/her actions in the aircraft log
book or on a Non-Routine, including the statement "Item Remains De-
ferred." The technician also enters this information in the computer
tracking system.
When the deferred item is repaired, the technician notifies Maintenance

Control and completes the required entries in the log book and the de-
ferred index. If an (M) function was performed at the time of the deferral
(such as a circuit breaker pulled and collar installed), ensure they are re-
set to normal configuration when closing the deferred item.
a. Log Book entry
When closing an MEL or CDL, and entry in the log book (GMM-101)
must be made. If the work was performed on a non-routine, the log
book entry should reference the non-routine for work performed. Below
is an example of clearing an MEL in the log book
Discrepancy Corrective Action
Item Taxi Light Inop Deferred I.A.W. MEL 33-XX-XX.

1
Ticket Number X123456
Mx Controller’s name/Emp. #
INTRO-14
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
Re-Entry of MEL 33-XX-XX RR Taxi Light IAW MM XXXX
Item Ticket No. X123456 MEL 33-XX-XX Ticket X123456

2 Taxi Light Inop cleared
From Deferred Index RR Taxi Light see non-routine
OR Taxi Light Inop 1234456 for work performed
MEL 33-XX-XX This action clears MEL 33-XX-

XX
Ticket No. X123456 Ticket X123456
b. Closing the deferral
After maintenance closes a deferral in the log book, maintenance con-

trol is notified. Maintenance control is responsible for closing the defer-
ral in the Bornemann computer system.The technician clearing the
deferral is responsible for clearing the deferral in the Aerosoft computer
system.
10. Extending the M.E.L. Repair Deadline
General
Chautauqua's intentions are to repair MEL/CDL Deferred Maintenance

Items within the time frame designated in the MEL. When circumstances
warrant that the repair deadlines be extended, Chautauqua has put into
place procedures that require each extension to be carefully evaluated.
NOTE: Category A and D items are not extendable.
a. Procedures for Authorizing Extensions to the MEL Deadlines
1) When MEL items cannot be repaired within the MEL repair time
limit and an extension is warranted, the Maintenance Control
Department initiates a MEL Repair Time Limit Extension, Form
GMM-M106.
INTRO-15
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
2) The Maintenance Control Department notifies and receives

approval from one of the following, or their delegates to authorize
the extension:
- Director of Maintenance
- Director of Quality Assurance and Engineering
3) Before the authorization is approved, the authorized individuals

must ensure that the extension is justified and the reason for the
extension is being resolved. The limit of the extension is deter-
mined at the time of the extension approval; however, the exten-
sion will be of the shortest duration possible needed to resolve the
reason for the extension.
Whenever Chautauqua personnel authorized to approve MEL time

limit extensions are not available in-house, this approval is obtained
by telephone. The person requesting the approval prints the full
name of the authorized person who approved the extension, the date
and time of the approval, followed by his/her signature. The person
approving the extension by telephone signs Form GMM-M106 upon
their return to the IND maintenance facility.
4) For each MEL extension Maintenance Control, ensures that the

following is accomplished:
a) Before flight, a copy of the extension is placed with the Aircraft

Flight/Maintenance Log, Form GMM-101.
b) A copy is forwarded to the Director of Production Control
c) A copy is forwarded to the Director of Quality Assurance and

Engineering.
d) A copy is forwarded to the local FAA FSDO within 24 hours.
e) Upon MEL extension termination, the date and time is com-

pleted on Form GMM-M106 and a copy is forwarded to the local
FAA FSDO and Director of Production Control.
f) The Production Control Department submits a summary report

of all extensions and the reason for those extensions to the local
FAA Flight Standards District Office. These reports will be sub-
mitted by the 10th day of the month following each quarter.
INTRO-16
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
b. Instructions for Completion of Chautauqua Form GMM-M106
1) Aircraft type, EMB135/140/145, etc.
2) Enter aircraft registration number.
3) Category code assigned to malfunction as shown in MEL.
ATTENTION: Category A and D items are not extendable.
4) MEL ATA system number, include the dash number.
5) A brief description of the malfunction that was deferred.
6) In some detail why the previously established time limit cannot be

met.
7) Number of days the limit is to be extended.
ATTENTION: Extensions are limited to the maximum repair

interval for the category “B” or “C” item.
8) Full name and employee number of the person who is initiating

this extension.
9) Signature(s) of the authorizing individual(s), or their delegate(s).

One of two required.
- Director of Maintenance
- Director of Quality Assurance and Engineering
10) Date and time authorized.
11) Date and time extension is terminated.
12) FAA notification block. Completed by maintenance controller or

his designee.
13) When the person identified in block 9 is not available in house,

enter their telephone approval in this block.
14) If item is disapproved for extension it will be indicated in this box.
INTRO-17
Introduction
CHQ Rev. 14 Date: 09-01-06
MEL Extension Form GMM-M106
M.E.L. REPAIR TIME LIMIT EXTENSION
Aircraft Type: 1 Registration Number: 2

MEL Category Code: 3 MEL ATA System #: 4
Description of Malfunction:
Reason That Time Limit Cannot be Met:
Number of Days MEL

Repair Limit Extended 7 Initiated By:
8
APPROVALS
If approval obtained by telephone, show time, date, & your initials

Director of Maintenance
Director of Quality Assurance & 9

Engineering
Date and Time:

10
Extension Terminated Date and Time: 11
FAA NOTIFICATION CHAUTAUQUA AIRLINES TELEPHONE APPROVAL
Fowarded to
(Name)
12 Approved by: 13
Date: Time: Date: Time:
Signature of Person Forwarding Form Signature of Caller
DISAPPROVED, AIRCRAFT MAY BE OPERATED ON A FLIGHT OR SERIES OF FLIGHTS TO RETURN TO

A MAINTENANCE BASE
14
GMM-M106 (21 Nov 2003)
INTRO-18
Introduction
Rev. 17 Date: 04-30-08
11. Non-Essential Equipment and Furnishings Program

NEF are those items installed on the aircraft as part of the original type
certification, supplemental type certificate, or other form of alteration
that have no effect on the safe operation of flight and would not be re-
quired by the applicable certification rules or operational rules. They are
those items that, if inoperative, damaged, or missing, have no effect on
the aircraft's ability to be operated safely under all operational condi-
tions.
a. General
Non-essential items may be installed in areas including, but not
limited to, the passenger compartment, flight deck area, service
areas, cargo areas, crew rest areas, lavatories, and galley areas.
NEF items are not items already identified in the MEL or CDL of
the applicable aircraft. They do not include items that are function-
ally required to meet the certification rule or for compliance with
any operational rule. The Chautauqua Airline’s NEF process does
not provide for deferral of items within serviceable limits identified
in the manufacturer's maintenance manual or operator's approved
maintenance program such as wear limits, fuel/hydraulic leak
rates, oil consumption, etc. These items may be tracked as part of
the Non-MEL process. Cosmetic items that are fully serviceable
but worn or soiled may be deferred under the NEF process.
By definition, NEF items do not affect the safe operation of an
aircraft. Due to the wide variance of these items, a complete list of
NEF items is not required to be maintained in the Chautauqua
Airline’s MEL. Chautauqua Airline’s maintains a list in a digital
spreadsheet on the company server in the maintenance folder.
An NEF program contained in the Chautauqua Airlines GMM
encompasses:
• An NEF list (or equivalent),
• A process for evaluating an item in accordance with NEF,
• Reporting procedures to the CHDO, and
• Repair and/or replacement policy and procedures.
b. NEF List
Chautauqua Airlines maintains a current list of acceptable NEF
items in a digital spreadsheet format. This list is maintained by the
Maintenance Control Department on the Chautauqua Airline’s
server in the maintenance folder and is reviewed by the Quality
Assurance Department to insure that each item is appropriate.
The list is available to all maintenance personnel, Federal Aviation
Administration personnel and the flight department. In the case of
limited access to the Chautauqua Airlines company servers, the
list may be sent digitally or via fax.
INTRO-19
Introduction
Rev. 17 Date: 04-30-08
c. Deferral Policy
NEF items that are on the controlled NEF list and have been previ-
ously evaluated. New NEF items must be evaluated in accor-
dance with the procedures in the GMM.
12. Deferring CDL items
The purpose of the CDL (located in the back of this manual) is to ad-
dress items not listed in the MEL that may be removed from an aircraft.
The limitations to the aircraft, once an item is removed, will be listed on
the flight release similar to MEL’s.
Procedures used to defer an item listed in the CDL is identical to the pro-
cedures for deferring MEL items. CDL’s will be repaired within 120 consec-
utive calendar days (2,880 hours) excluding the calendar day the malfunction
was recorded in the Aircraft Flight/Maintenance Logbook.
13. Discrepancies After Departure

A flight is considered to have departed when the aircraft moves under
its own power (forward or backward).
After this time, a discrepancy that arises will be evaluated by the Flight
Crew as to whether to continue the flight or return for maintenance and/
or operational procedures set forth in the M.E.L. to be implemented.
When an item fails prior to take off, that is listed in the MEL as an "M"
item, the maintenance (M) procedure must be accomplished before take
off.
If the deferral item is annotated in the Flight Crew Operating Procedures
column that the (M) procedures may be performed by the flight crew and
the deferral procedures can be accomplished by the flight crew while
seated in the crew seats, a gate return is not required.
All other (M) procedures require a gate return for accomplishment.
Several things the Flight Crew will take into consideration when evalu-
ating the M.E.L. item are:
A. How the newly identified item may be affected by existing
M.E.L.'d items.
B. Evaluate flight conditions expected to be encountered during
this intended flight and how the identified item will affect the
safety of the flight.
C. Evaluate capabilities of the intended destination should the
identified item require deactivation procedures to be imple-
mented at the time of arrival.
Although a flight is considered to have departed as soon as the aircraft
moves under its own power, (forward or backward), SAFETY is the pre-
dominant factor at all times when considering Items A, B and C listed
above, as to whether the flight should be continued or terminated.
INTRO-20
Definitions
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Definitions

FORMAT
The aircraft systems are identified in the M.E.L. (Minimum Equipment

List) by a two-digit number in accordance with ATA Specification 100.
System pages are listed in numerical order of the assigned numbers.
The definitions listed are derived directly from the current FAA approved
MMEL and effective policy letters issued for the EMB 135/145, along
with the appropriate changes specific to Chautauqua Airline’s MEL spe-
cific format.
DEFINITIONS
1. System Definitions:
System numbers are based on the Air Transport Association (ATA)
Specification Number 100 and items are numbered sequentially.
A. "Sys/Seq Number" (Column 1) means the ATA number

assigned to the specific MEL item.
B. “DRB Tracking Number” (Column 2) is the number assigned

to the specific MEL item (configuration) for tracking purpose in the
DRB system. This number differentiates between two or more
MEL configurations that are normally listed under the same MEL
item.
C. “Item” (Column 3) means the equipment, system, component,

or function listed in the "Item" column.
D. "Normal Complement Of Equipment" (Number installed)

(Column 4) is the number (quantity) of items normally installed in
the aircraft. This number represents the aircraft configuration
considered in developing this MEL. Should the number be a vari-
able (e.g., passenger cabin items) a number is not required.
E. "Minimum Equipment Required For Dispatch" (Number

required for dispatch) (Column 5) is the minimum number (quan-
tity) of items required for operation provided the conditions speci-
fied in Column 7 are met.
DEF- 1
Definitions
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
F. “Category” (Column 6) references the appropriate repair

interval for the applicable M.E.L. item. Reference definition 20-
“Repair Intervals”.
G. "Remarks / Exceptions" (Column 7) this column includes a

statement either prohibiting or permitting operation with a specific
number of items inoperative, provisos (conditions and limitations)
for such operation, and appropriate notes.
H. “Placarding” (Column 8) describes where to install a placard

when using the M.E.L. on an inoperative or missing item (as
required).
I. “Flight Crew Operating Procedures” (Column 9) this column

provides for instructions to the flight crew for special crew operat-
ing procedures, Limitations, additional instructions (such as
approved items allowed for deactivation by crew members, Ref.
(M), definition 15.) or other related notes made to the crew mem-
ber for the M.E.L. item.
J. A vertical bar (change bar) in the margin indicates a change,

addition or deletion in the adjacent text for the current revision of
that page only. The change bar is dropped at the next revision of
that page.
2. "Airplane Flight Manual"

(AFM) is the document required for type certification and approved by
the responsible FAA Aircraft Certification Office. The FAA approved
AFM for the Embraer 135/145 series of aircraft is listed on the applicable
Type Certificate Data Sheet.
3. “As required by FAR” means that the listed item is subject to certain
provisions (restrictive or permissive) expressed in the Federal Aviation
Regulations operating rules. The number of items required by the FAR
must be operative. When the listed item is not required by FAR it may
be inoperative for the time specified by the repair category. The term
“14 CFR” may be substituted for “FAR” in MMELs or operator MELs.
DEF- 2
Definitions
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
4. Each inoperative item must be placarded

to inform and remind the crew members and maintenance personnel of
the equipment condition.
Note: To the extent practical, placards should be located
adjacent to the control or indicator for the item
affected; however, unless otherwise specified,
placard wording and location will be determined by
the operator.
5. "-" symbol
in Column 4 and/or Column 5 indicates a variable number (quantity) of
the item installed.
6. "Deleted"
in the remarks/exceptions column after a sequence item indicates that
the item was previously listed but is now required to be operative if in-
stalled in the aircraft.
7. "Federal Aviation Regulations"

(FAR) means the applicable portions of the Federal Aviation Act and
Federal Aviation Regulations.
8. "Flight Day"
means a 24 hour period (from midnight to midnight) local time, during
which at least one flight is initiated for the affected aircraft.
9. "Icing Conditions"
means an atmospheric environment that may cause ice to form on the
aircraft (structural) or in the engines (induction).
10. “Alphabetical Symbol”

in Column 6 indicates a proviso (condition or limitation that must be
complied with for operation with the listed item inoperative.
11. "Inoperative"
means a system and/or component malfunction to the extent that it does
not accomplish its intended purpose and/or is not consistently function-
ing normally within its approved operating limit(s) or tolerance(s).
12. "Notes:"
in Column 7 provides additional information for crew member or mainte-
nance consideration. Notes are used to identify applicable material
which is intended to assist with compliance, but do not relieve the oper-
ator of the responsibility for compliance with all applicable requirements.
Notes are not a part of the provisos.
DEF- 3
Definitions
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
13. Inoperative components of an inoperative system:

Inoperative items which are components of a system which is inopera-
tive are usually considered components directly associated with and
having no other function than to support that system. (Warning/caution
systems associated with the inoperative system must be operative un-
less relief is specifically authorized per the MMEL).
14. "(M)"
symbol indicates a requirement for a specific maintenance procedure
which must be accomplished prior to operation with the listed item inop-
erative. Normally these procedures are accomplished by maintenance
personnel; however, other personnel may be qualified and authorized to
perform certain functions.
Maintenance Items that may be deferred by the flight crew under the di-
rection of Maintenance Control are identified in the specific MEL item
under the Crew Operating Procedures column for that item. If the Main-
tenance Item requires a Maintenance Action, a mechanic will be dis-
patched to complete the required Maintenance Action, unless that item
has been previously determined and approved that the crew member
may perform the deactivation procedure. The Flight Crew operating Pro-
cedures column will have the following statement for those Maintenance
Deactivation Procedures that may be performed by the flight crew: “This
deactivation procedure may be accomplished by the flight crew, under
direct, verbal communications with Maintenance Control”.
The satisfactory accomplishment of all maintenance procedures, re-

gardless of who performs them, is the responsibility of the operator. Ap-
propriate procedures are required to be published as part of the
operator's manual or MEL.
15. "(O)"
Symbol indicates a requirement for a specific operations procedure
which must be accomplished in planning for and/or operating with the
listed item inoperative. Normally these procedures are accomplished by
the flight crew; however, other personnel may be qualified and autho-
rized to perform certain functions. The satisfactory accomplishment of
all procedures, regardless of who performs them, is the responsibility of
the operator. Appropriate procedures are required to be published as a
part of the operator's manual or MEL.
16. "Deactivated" and "Secured"

means that the specified component must be put into an acceptable
condition for safe flight. An acceptable method of securing or deactivat-
ing will be established by the operator.
DEF- 4
Definitions
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
17. "Visual Flight Rules"

(VFR) is as defined in FAR Part 91. This precludes a pilot from filing an
Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) flight plan.
18. "Visual Meteorological Conditions"

(VMC) means the atmospheric environment is such that would allow a
flight to proceed under the visual flight rules applicable to the flight. This
does not preclude operating under Instrument Flight Rules.
19. "Visible Moisture"

means an atmospheric environment containing water in any form that
can be seen in natural or artificial light; for example, clouds, fog, rain,
sleet, hail, or snow.
20. Repair Intervals:

All users of an MEL approved under FAR 121, 125, 129 and 135 must
effect repairs of inoperative systems or components, deferred in accor-
dance with the MEL, at or prior to the repair times established by the fol-
lowing letter designators:
Category A. Items in this category shall be repaired within the
time interval specified in the remarks column of the operator's
approved MEL.
Category B. Items in this category shall be repaired within three
(3) consecutive calendar days (72 hours), excluding the day the
malfunction was recorded in the aircraft maintenance record/
logbook. For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January
26th, the three day interval would begin at midnight the 26th and
end at midnight the 29th.
Category C. Items in this category shall be repaired within ten (10)
consecutive calendar days (240 hours), excluding the day the
malfunction was recorded in the aircraft maintenance record/
logbook. For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January
26th, the 10 day interval would begin at midnight the 26th and end
at midnight February 5th.
Category D. Items in this category shall be repaired within 120
consecutive calendar days (2880 hours), excluding the day the
malfunction was recorded in the aircraft maintenance log and/or
record.
Category P. Items in this category are limited to Non-Essential
Equipment and Furnishings Program Items. These items are
normally 120 consecutive calendar days (2880 hours), excluding
the calendar day the malfunction was recorded in the aircraft
maintenance record/logbook or as defined in the NEF list.
DEF- 5
Definitions
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
CDL. Items in this category will be repaired within 120 consecutive

calendar days (2880 hours) or as defined in the applicable CDL,
excluding the calendar day the malfunction was recorded in the
aircraft maintenance record/logbook.
Category R. (For RVSM Compliance) Items in this category shall
be repaired within the time limitations as set forth by the aircraft
manufacturer’s approved documents or by a document issued by
a DER. An example of this would be a Fly-wire for aircraft damage
may stipulate to repair at the next heavy check. The time frame for
compliance of this item would then be the next heavy check.
The letter designators are inserted in Column 6.
Category R is used for administrative tracking of airframes
that are not RVSM compliant. This category is outside the
realm of component based failures that are found within the
normal Category A, B, C, D, & P MEL items. If all the minimum
equipment for RVSM operations is functional, yet the air-
frame is not RVSM compliant, Category R will be utilized.
21. Electronic fault alerting system - General
The EMB-135LR/135KL(140)/145LR aircraft are equipped with Engine
Indicating and Crew Alerting Systems (EICAS) that provide three differ-
ent message levels: WARNING, CAUTION, and ADVISORY. Failures
that effect dispatchability are presented to the flight crew at one of these
levels. Other failures may be presented only to the maintenance person-
nel on the Multi Function Display (MFD) or through the download of the
Central Maintenance Computer (CMC) or the Full Authority Digital En-
gine Control (FADEC). System conditions that result only in a mainte-
nance level message, i.e. no correlation with a higher level EICAS
message, do not affect dispatch and do not require action other than as
addressed within an operator's standard maintenance program.
22. "Administrative control item"
means an item listed by the operator in the MEL for tracking and infor-
mational purposes. It may be added to an operator's MEL by approval
of the Principal Operations Inspector provided no relief is granted, or
provided conditions and limitations are contained in an approved docu-
ment (i.e. Structural Repair Manual, airworthiness directive, etc.). If re-
lief other than that granted by an approved document is sought for an
administrative control item, a request must be submitted to the Admin-
istrator. If the request results in review and approval by the FOEB, the
item becomes an MMEL item rather than an administrative control item.
All administrative control items will be annotated in Chautauqua’s MEL
with a 99 at the end of the Sys/Seq number. There is only one exception
to this numbering system. RVSM compliance will be tracked as ‘RVSM’
instead of an MEL item number.
- Example: RVSM-99
DEF- 6
Definitions
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
23. “***” symbol

in Column 1 indicates an item which is not required by regulation but
which may have been installed on some models of aircraft covered by
this MMEL. This item may be included on the operator’s MEL after the
approving office has determined that the item has been installed on one
or more of the operator’s aircraft. The symbol, however, shall not be
carried forward into the operator’s MEL. It should be noted that neither
this policy nor the use of this symbol provide authority to install or re-
move an item from an aircraft.
24. "Excess Items"

means those items that have been installed that are redundant to the re-
quirements of the FARs.
25. "Day of Discovery"

is the calendar day an equipment/instrument malfunction was recorded
in the aircraft maintenance log and or record. This day is excluded from
the calendar days or flight days specified in the MMEL for the repair of
an inoperative item of equipment. This provision is applicable to all
MMEL items, i.e., categories "A, B, C, D, and P."
26. “Considered Inoperative”, as used in the provisos means that

item must be treated for dispatch, taxi and flight purposes as though it
were inoperative. The item shall not be used or operated until the orig-
inal deferred item is repaired. Additional actions include: documenting
the item on the dispatch release (if applicable), placarding, and comply-
ing with all remarks, exceptions, and related MMEL provisions, including
any (M) and (O) procedures and observing the repair category.
27. “Is not used”

in the provisos, remarks or exceptions for an MMEL item may specify
that another item relieved in the MMEL “is not used.” In such cases,
crewmembers should not activate, actuate, or otherwise utilize that
component or system under normal operations. It is not necessary for
the operators to accomplish the (M) procedures associated with the
item. However, operational requirements must be complied with, and
an additional placard must be affixed, to the extent practical, adjacent to
the control or indicator for the item that is not used to inform crewmem-
bers that a component or system is not to be used under normal opera-
tions.
DEF- 7
Definitions
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
28. RVSM or DRVSM

DRVSM (Domestic Reduced Vertical Separation Minimums) is a pro-
gram that enables vertical separation to be reduced between FL 290-
410 (inclusive) from 2,000 ft. to 1,000 ft.
By reducing vertical separation from 2,000 ft. to 1,000 ft., RVSM makes
six additional flight levels available for operations between FL 290-410.
It has been shown to:
• Enhance aircraft operating efficiency by making more fuel/time
efficient flight levels available.
• Enhance air traffic control flexibility.
• Provide the potential for enhanced enroute airspace capacity.
29. NEF
Nonessential equipment and furnishings (NEF) are those items installed
on the aircraft as part of the original certification, supplemental type cer-
tificate, or engineering order that have no effect on the safe operation of
flight and would not be required by the applicable certification rules or
operational rules. They are those items that if inoperative, damaged or
missing have no effect on the aircraft’s ability to be operated safely un-
der all operational conditions. These nonessential items may be in-
stalled in areas including, but not limited to, the passenger
compartment, flight deck area, service areas, cargo areas, crew rest ar-
eas, lavatories, and galley areas. NEF items are not items already iden-
tified in the MEL or CDL of the applicable aircraft. They do not include
items that are functionally required to meet the certification rule or for
compliance with any operational rule. Operator’s NEF process shall not
provide for deferral of items within serviceable limits identified in the
manufacture’s maintenance manual or operator’s approved mainte-
nance program such as wear limits, fuel/hydraulic leak rates, oil con-
sumption, etc. Cosmetic items that are fully serviceable but worn or
soiled may be deferred under an operator’s NEF process.
DEF- 8
General
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Preamble

General
The following is applicable for authorized certificate holders operating

under Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) Parts 121, 125, 129, 135:
The FAR require that all equipment installed on an aircraft in compliance
with the Airworthiness Standards and the Operating Rules must be op-
erative. However, the Rules also permit the publication of a Minimum
Equipment List (MEL) where compliance with certain equipment re-
quirements is not necessary in the interests of safety under all
operating conditions. Experience has shown that with the various levels
of redundancy designed into aircraft, operation of every system or in-
stalled component may not be necessary when the remaining operative
equipment can provide an acceptable level of safety. A Master Minimum
Equipment List (MMEL) is developed by the FAA, with participation by
the aviation industry, to improve aircraft utilization and thereby provide
more convenient and economic air transportation for the public. The
FAA approved MMEL includes those items of equipment related to air-
worthiness and operating regulations and other items of equipment
which the Administrator finds may be inoperative and yet maintain an
acceptable level of safety by appropriate conditions and limitations; it
does not contain obviously required items such as wings, flaps, and rud-
ders. The MMEL is the basis for development of individual operator
MELs which take into consideration the operator's particular aircraft
equipment configuration and operational conditions. Operator MELs, for
administrative control, may include items not contained in the MMEL;
however, relief for administrative control items must be approved by the
Administrator. An operator's MEL may differ in format from the MMEL,
but cannot be less restrictive than the MMEL. The individual operator's
MEL, when approved and authorized, permits operation of the aircraft
with inoperative equipment.
Equipment not required by the operation being conducted and equip-

ment in excess of FAR requirements are included in the MEL with ap-
propriate conditions and limitations. The MEL must not deviate from the
Aircraft Flight Manual Limitations, Emergency Procedures or with Air-
worthiness Directives. It is important to remember that all equipment re-
lated to the airworthiness and the operating regulations of the aircraft
not listed on the MMEL must be operative.
Suitable conditions and limitations in the form of placards, maintenance

procedures, crew operating procedures and other restrictions as neces-
sary are specified in the MEL to ensure that an acceptable level of
safety is maintained.
PRE- 1
General
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
The MEL is intended to permit operation with inoperative items of equip-

ment for a period of time until repairs can be accomplished. It is impor-
tant that repairs be accomplished at the earliest opportunity. In order to
maintain an acceptable level of safety and reliability the MMEL estab-
lishes limitations on the duration of and conditions for operation with in-
operative equipment. The MEL provides for release of the aircraft for
flight with inoperative equipment. When an item of equipment is discov-
ered to be inoperative, it is reported by making an entry in the Aircraft
Maintenance Record/Logbook as prescribed by FAR. The item is then
either repaired or may be deferred per the MEL or other approved
means acceptable to the Administrator prior to further operation. MEL
conditions and limitations, do not relieve the operator from determining
that the aircraft is in condition for safe operation with items of equipment
inoperative.
When these requirements are met, an Airworthiness Release, Aircraft

Maintenance Record/Logbook entry, or other approved documentation
is issued as prescribed by FAR. Such documentation is required prior to
operation with any item of equipment inoperative.
Operators are responsible for exercising the necessary operational con-

trol to ensure that an acceptable level of safety is maintained. When op-
erating with multiple inoperative items, the interrelationships between
those items and the effect on aircraft operation and crew workload will
be considered.
Operators are to establish a controlled and sound repair program includ-

ing the parts, personnel, facilities, procedures, and schedules to ensure
timely repair.
WHEN USING THE MEL, COMPLIANCE WITH THE STATED INTENT

OF THE PREAMBLE, DEFINITIONS, AND THE CONDITIONS AND
LIMITATIONS SPECIFIED IN THE MEL IS REQUIRED.
PRE- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 21: Air Conditioning Chautauqua Airlines
Minimum Equipment Listing
Tracking Number Normal Compliment Minimum Equipment
of Equipment Required For Dispatch
Sys/Seq
Number Item Category Remarks/ Exceptions Placarding Flight Crew Operating Procedure
21-22-04 -1 External ground connector check 1 0 B (M) (O) May be inoperative open pro- Placard air con- Refer to item 21-31-03 (-3) for
valve vided flight is conducted in an ditioning / pneu- unpressurized flight configuration.
unpressurized configuration. matic panel.
21-22-04 -2 External ground connector check 1 0 C May be inoperative closed. Placard air con-
valve ditioning / pneu-
EMB 135/145 Series - MEL

matic panel.
21-22-06 -1 Baggage compartment ventilation 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard fire Do not transport live animals in
system a) Ventilation system remains detection / extin- baggage compartment.
closed, and guishing panel .
b) Live animals are not carried in the
cargo compartment.
ATA 21- 1
Sys/Seq
21-23-03 -1 Gasper fan 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative on Placard gasper Flight crew will:
ground with the avionics busses fan button. a) Operate both packs continuous-
energized provided: ly on the ground while avionics
a) If doors are open: Both packs op- buses are powered and any
erate normally and remain in con- door is open and, ambient tem-
tinuous operation, and ambient perature remains below ISA
temperature is below ISA +25 de- +25 degrees C.
grees C,

b) If doors are closed: At least one This deactivation procedure may
pack operates normally and re- be accomplished by the flight
mains in continuous operation, crew, under direct, verbal commu-
and ambient temperature is below nications with Maintenance Con-
ISA +32 degrees C, and trol.
c) Gasper fan is deactivated.
NOTE 1: Avionics buses energized

on the ground are limited to 10 min-
utes if doors are open and both
packs are not operating.
NOTE 2: Conditions above are appli-

cable to ground operation only.
There is no restriction to inflight oper-
ation with gasper fan inoperative.
NOTE 3: Doors referred to above

include main, service and cargo
compartment doors.
ATA 21- 2
Sys/Seq
21-24-01 -1 Recirculation fans 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided Placard recircu- This deactivation procedure may
failed fan is deactivated. lation button . be accomplished by the flight
Airplanes equipped with conven- crew, under direct, verbal commu-
tional electro-mechanical standby nications with Maintenance Con-
instruments. trol.
21-24-01 -2 Recirculation Fans 2 1 C (M) (O) Recirculation fan 1 may be Placard recircu- Ensure ambient temperature on
inoperative provided: lation button. the ground must be below ISA +

Airplanes equipped with Inte- a) Failed fan is deactivated, 25 degrees C.
grated Standby Instrument Sys- b) Pack 2 operates normally, and
tem (ISIS,Contact Maintenance c) Ambient temperature on the
Control for aircraft configuration). ground is below ISA +25 degrees
C.
21-24-01 -3 Recirculation Fans 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard recircu-

a) Failed fan is deactivated, and lation button.
Airplanes equipped with Inte- b) Pack 1 operates normally.
grated Standby Instrument Sys-
tem (ISIS,Contact Maintenance
Control for aircraft configuration).
21-24-02 -1 Recirculation fan valves 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative open pro- Placard air con-
(Inoperative Open) vided associated recirculation fan is ditioning /pneu-
verified to operate normally. matic control
panel.
21-24-02 -2 Recirculation fan valves 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative closed pro- Placard air con- This deactivation procedure may
(Inoperative Closed) vided associated recirculation fan is ditioning /pneu- be accomplished by the flight
deactivated and considered inopera- matic control crew, under direct, verbal commu-
tive. panel. nications with Maintenance Con-
trol.
ATA 21- 3
Sys/Seq
21-24-03 -1 Air distribution valves 2 1 C (M) One may be inoperative provided Placard air con-
remaining valve is deactivated in ditioning /pneu-
open position. matic control
panel.
21-25-01 -1 Ram Air Valves 2 1 C (M) (O) One may be inoperative pro- Placard affected Conduct all flights at or below FL
vided: air conditioning 250.
Airplanes equipped with conven- a) Associated air conditioning pack pack button.

tional electromechanical standby remains off, Ensure associated air conditioning
instruments. b) Affected ram air valve is verified to pack remains OFF.
be in emergency ram air position,
and
c) Flight is conducted at or below FL
250.
21-25-01 -2 Ram Air Valves 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard affected Refer to item 21-31-03 (-3) for
a) Both packs remain off air conditioning unpressurized flight.
Airplanes equipped with conven- b) Flight is conducted in an unpres- pack button.
tional electromechanical standby surized configuration,
instruments. c) Ram air valves are verified to be in
emergency ram air position, and
d) Ambient temperature on the
ground is below ISA +21 degrees
C.
ATA 21- 4
Sys/Seq
21-25-01 -3 Ram air valves 2 1 C (M) (O) Ram air valve may be inoper- Placard affected Flight crew will ensure associated
ative provided: air conditioning Pack selected and kept off,
Airplanes equipped with Inte- a) Associated Pack remains off; pack button. remaining pack and associated
grated Standby Instrument Sys- b) Remaining pack and associated recirculation operate normally and
tem (ISIS, Contact Maintenance recirculation fan operates normal- remain in continuous operation on
Control for aircraft configuration). ly and remains in continuous oper- the ground, and aircraft is not
ation on the ground, operated above Flight Level 250.
c) Associated ram air valve is verified

to be in emergency ram air posi-
tion,
d) Flight is conducted at or below FL
250, and
e) Ambient temperature on the
ground is below ISA +25 degrees
C.
21-25-02 -1 Ram air check valves 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative open pro- Placard air con- Refer to item 21-31-03 (-3) for
vided flight is conducted in an ditioning / pneu- unpressurized flight.
unpressurized configuration. matic control
panel.
21-26-00 -1 Forward electronic compartment 2 1 C One exhaust fan or one shutoff valve Placard air con-
ventilation system (Exhaust fan / may be inoperative. ditioning / pneu-
air shutoff valves). matic control
panel.
ATA 21- 5
Sys/Seq
21-30-00 -1 Pressurization control system 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative: Placard pressur- Operate pressurization system in
a) Manual mode operates normally, ization mode manual mode only.
Automatic mode b) Electro pneumatic outflow valve is selector button.
secured closed, and
c) Cabin differential pressure indica-
tion, cabin rate of change indica-
tion, and cabin altitude indication
operate normally.

21-30-00 -2 Pressurization control system 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard pressur- Operate pressurization system in
a) Automatic mode operates normal- ization mode automatic mode only.
Manual mode ly, selector button.
b) Pneumatic outflow valve is se-
cured closed, and
tion operates normally.
21-30-00 -3 Pressurization and control system 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard pressur- Refer to item 21-31-03 (-3) for
a) Flight is conducted in an unpres- ization mode unpressurized flight.
Automatic and manual modes surized configuration, and selector button.
b) Both outflow valves are secured
open.
21-31-03 -1 Outflow valves 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard pressur- Operate pressurization system in
a) Valve is secured closed, ization mode manual mode only.
Electropneumatic b) Manual pressurization control selector button.
mode operates normally, and
tion, cabin rate of change indica-
tion, and cabin altitude indication
operate normally.
ATA 21- 6
Sys/Seq
21-31-03 -2 Outflow valves 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard pressur- Operate pressurization system in
a) Valve is secured closed, ization mode automatic mode only.
Pneumatic b) Automatic pressurization control selector button.
tion operates normally
21-31-03 -3 Outflow valves 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard pressur- Operate the aircraft using one of

a) Flight is conducted in an unpres- ization mode the following procedures for
Electropneumatic and pneumatic surized configuration, and selector button. unpressurized configuration
b) Both outflow valves are secured
open. Outflow Valve................................
............................................OPEN
Outflow valves may be kept open

through one of the following ways:
Pressurized dump button...............

.....................................PRESSED
or
Pressurization mode selector but-
ton................................PRESSED
Manual controller knob..................

.................................................UP
21-32-01 -1 Cabin Pressure Acquisition mod- 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided Placard digital Refer to item 21-31-03 (-3) for
ule (CPAM) flight is conducted in an unpressur- controller. unpressurized configuration.
ized configuration.
ATA 21- 7
Sys/Seq
21-32-01 -2 Cabin Pressure Acquisition mod- 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard digital Do not operate aircraft above
ule (CPAM) flight is conducted at or below 10,000 controller. 10,000 ft. MSL.
ft. MSL.
10000 ft. warning
21-32-01 -3 Cabin Pressure Acquisition mod- 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard digital Use CHART 1 to determine air-
ule (CPAM) a) Cabin altitude and cabin rate of controller. craft cabin altitude.
Cabin differential pressure indica- change indication operates nor-

tion mally, and
b) A chart is provided to convert cab
altitude into differential pressure.
21-32-01 -4 Cabin Pressure Acquisition mod- 1 0 C May be inoperative provided: Placard digital
ule (CPAM) a) Automatic pressurization control controller.
Cabin rate of change indication b) Cabin differential pressure indica-
tion and cabin altitude indication
are operating normally.
21-32-01 -5 Cabin Pressure Acquisition mod- 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard digital Use CHART 1 to determine air-
ule (CPAM) a) Cabin differential pressure indica- controller. craft cabin altitude.
tion operates normally,
Cabin altitude indication b) A chart is provided to convert cab-
in differential pressure into cabin
altitude indication, and
c) Automatic pressurization control
mode operates normally.
ATA 21- 8
Sys/Seq
21-51-00 -1 Air conditioning pack systems 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative provided Placard affected Do not operate aircraft above FL
flight is conducted at or below FL air conditioning 250.
Airplanes equipped with conven- 250. pack.
tional electro-mechanical standby NOTE: The EICAS advisory mes-
instruments. sage BLD 1 (2) VLV CLSD may be
displayed.
21-51-00 -2 Air conditioning pack systems 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard affected Refer to item 21-31-03 (-3) for

a) Both ram air valves operate nor- air conditioning unpressurized configuration. In
Airplanes equipped with conven- mally, pack. this condition, ambient tempera-
tional electro-mechanical standby b) Flight is conducted in an unpres- ture, on the ground, must be below
instruments. surized configuration, and ISA +21 degrees C.
c) Ambient temperature on the
ground is below ISA +21 degrees NOTE: The EICAS advisory mes-
C. sage BLD 1 (2) VLV CLSD may be
displayed.
21-51-00 -3 Air conditioning pack systems 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative pro- Placard affected Flight is conducted at or below FL
vided: air conditioning 250. On the ground, ambient tem-
Airplanes equipped with Inte- a) Remaining pack and its associat- pack. perature must be below ISA +25
grated Standby Instrument system ed recirculation fan operates nor- degrees C.
(ISIS, Contact Maintenance Con- mally,
trol for aircraft configuration). b) Ambient temperature on the NOTE: The EICAS advisory mes-
ground is below ISA +25 degrees sage BLD 1 (2) VLV CLSD may be
C, and displayed.
c) Flight is conducted at or below FL
250.
ATA 21- 9
Sys/Seq
21-60-04 -1 Cockpit Automatic and Manual 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard associ- Associated temperature control
Temperature Control Systems associated manual temperature con- ated tempera- mode selector........................MAN
trol mode operates normally. ture control
Automatic System mode knob.
21-60-04 -2 Cockpit Automatic and Manual 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard associ- Monitor cockpit temperature and
Temperature Control Systems associated automatic temperature ated tempera- control it by using the associated
control mode operates normally. ture control Temperature Adjusting Knob.

Manual System mode knob.
21-60-04 -3 Cockpit Automatic and Manual 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard Pack 1 Flight crew will ensure that Pack 1
Temperature Control Systems a) Pack 1 remains off, and Button Inop remains selected OFF. Flight is
b) Flight is conducted at or below FL conducted at or below FL 250. On
Both Systems (Airplanes 250. the ground, ambient temperature
equipped with conventional elec- must be below ISA +25 degrees C.
tro-mechanical standby instru-
ments) NOTE: The EICAS advisory mes-
sage BLD 1 (2) VLV CLSD may be
displayed.
ATA 21- 10
Sys/Seq
21-60-04 -4 Cockpit Automatic and Manual 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard Pack 1 Flight crew will ensure that Pack 1
Temperature Control Systems a) Pack 1 remains off, Button Inop remains selected OFF. Flight is
b) Pack 2 and its associated recircu- conducted at or below FL 250. On
Both Systems (Airplanes lation fan operate normally, the ground, ambient temperature
equipped with Integrated Standby c) Ambient temperature on ground is must be below ISA +25 degrees C.
Instrument System (ISIS)) below ISA +25 degrees C, and
d) Flight is conducted at or below FL Operational Check of Pack and
250 Recirculation Fan (airplanes with

ISIS): The recirculation fan oper-
ates only when the RECIRC
switch is ON and the related pack
valve is open. Set the RECIRC
switch to ON and check that the
airflow through the cockpit general
outlets increases.
NOTE: The EICAS advisory mes-

displayed.
21-60-05 -1 Cabin Automatic and Manual 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard associ- Associated temperature control
Temperature Control Systems associated manual temperature con- ated tempera- mode selector........................MAN
trol mode operates normally. ture control
Automatic System mode knob.
21-60-05 -2 Cabin Automatic and Manual 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard associ- Monitor cabin temperature and
Temperature Control Systems associated automatic temperature ated tempera- control it by using the associated
control mode operates normally. ture control Temperature Adjusting Knob.
Manual System mode knob.
ATA 21- 11
Sys/Seq
21-60-05 -3 Cabin Automatic and Manual 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard Pack 2 Flight crew will ensure that Pack 2
Temperature Control Systems a) Pack 2 remains off, and Button Inop remains selected OFF. Flight is
b) Flight is conducted at or below FL conducted at or below FL 250. On
Both Systems (Airplanes 250. the ground, ambient temperature
equipped with conventional elec- must be below ISA +25 degrees C.
tro-mechanical standby instru-
ments) NOTE: The EICAS advisory mes-

displayed.
21-60-05 -4 Cabin Automatic and Manual 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard Pack 2 Flight crew will ensure that Pack 2
Temperature Control Systems a) Pack 2 remains off, Button Inop remains selected OFF. Flight is
b) Pack 1 and its associated recircu- conducted at or below FL 250. On
Both Systems (Airplanes lation fan operate normally, the ground, ambient temperature
equipped with Integrated Standby c) Ambient temperature on ground is must be below ISA +25 degrees C.
Instrument System (ISIS)) below ISA +25 degrees C, and
d) Flight is conducted at or below FL Operational Check of Pack and
250 Recirculation Fan (airplanes with
ISIS): The recirculation fan oper-
ates only when the RECIRC
switch is ON and the related pack
valve is open. Set the RECIRC
switch to ON and check that the
airflow through the cockpit general
outlets increases.
NOTE: The EICAS advisory mes-

displayed.
ATA 21- 12
Sys/Seq
21-60-06 -1 Attendant’s temperature control 1 0 C May be inoperative provided passen- Placard atten-
ger cabin temperature and mode dant’s tempera-
selector knob operates normally. ture control.
21-61-02 -1 Cockpit and cabin temperature 2 0 C May be inoperative. Placard air con-
indication systems ditioning and
pneumatic con-
trol panel.

ATA 21- 13

ATA 21- 14
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 22: Auto Flight Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
22-10-00 -1 Autopilot / Flight director functions 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard flight Ensure the aircraft is not operated
a) Enroute or approach procedures guidance con- in RVSM airspace.
Autopilot function do not require its use. troller.
b) Aircraft is not operated in RVSM
airspace and is not considered to -and-
be RVSM compliant.
Rotate the

RVSM placard
on the instru-
ment panel so
that the side with
“Non-RVSM” is
showing.
22-10-00 -2 Autopilot / Flight director functions 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard flight Ensure the aircraft is not operated
Flight director function do not require its use. troller.
airspace and is not considered to -and-
be RVSM compliant.
Rotate the
RVSM placard
on the instru-
ment panel so
that the side with
“Non-RVSM” is
showing.
ATA 22- 1
Sys/Seq
22-10-00 -3 Autopilot / Flight director functions 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard flight Ensure the aircraft is not operated
Yaw damper function do not require its use. troller.
airspace and is not considered to
be RVSM compliant. -and-
NOTE: Autopilot will not engage with
Rotate the

yaw damper inoperative.
RVSM placard
on the instru-
ment panel so
that the side with
“Non-RVSM” is
showing.
22-11-01 -1 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative Placard flight In case of no FD indication (V
guidance con- Bars) on PFD, select any button
Flight Director (FD) Buttons troller. from flight guidance panel (except
FD buttons) and the V Bars will be
indicated on the PFD.
22-11-01 -2 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 2 0 C Placard flight

guidance con-
(CRS PUSH SYNC) Buttons troller.
ATA 22- 2
Sys/Seq
22-11-01 -3 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard flight Ensure Autopilot is not used. Yaw
a) autopilot function is considered in- guidance con- damper may be selected.
Autopilot (AP) Engage Button operative, and troller.
b) Aircraft is not operated in RVSM Ensure the aircraft is not operated
airspace and is not considered to -and- in RVSM airspace.
be RVSM compliant.
Rotate the
RVSM placard

on the instru-
ment panel so
that the side with
“Non-RVSM” is
showing.
22-11-01 -4 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C (O) Placard flight Aircraft must be flown from side
guidance con- that it is coupled to.
Autopilot Couple (CPL) Button troller.
22-11-01 -5 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided yaw Placard flight Verify yaw damper operates nor-
damper is verified to operate nor- guidance con- mally:
Yaw Damper (YD) Engage Button mally. troller.
Verify AP and YD indication on
PFD with autopilot engaged.
22-11-01 -6 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard flight Use only NAV, APPROACH (APR)
cedures do not require its use. guidance con- and Roll Mode for FD and Autopi-
Heading (HDG) Mode Button troller. lot.
When using Roll Mode, control lat-

eral movement with turn knob.
ATA 22- 3
Sys/Seq
22-11-01 -7 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard flight Use Heading or Approach (APR)
cedures do not require its use. guidance con- Modes for FD and Autopilot.
Navigation (NAV) Mode BUtton troller.
22-11-01 -8 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard flight Unless it is stated that ILS
cedures do not require its use. guidance con- approach must be coupled, use
Approach (APP) Mode Button troller. HDG or NAV Modes. You will not
have vertical guidance on FD or

Autopilot for Glide SLope, must
use RAW DATA on PFD for an ILS
approach.
22-11-01 -9 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard flight On take off ensure you do not
cedures do not require its use. guidance con- exceed a 15 degree bank angle
Low Bank (BNK) Mode Button troller. before reaching acceleration alti-
tude. If a turn is required before
ACC altitude disregard bank
angles on the FD (V Bar) and do
not exceed 15 degrees.
22-11-01 -10 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard flight For take off ensure flight guidance
cedures do not require its use. guidance con- is set to ROLL Mode. For FD and
Heading Select Knob troller. Autopilot use in flight, use only
NAV, APPROACH (APR) and
ROLL Modes. When using ROLL
Mode, control lateral movement
with Turn knob.
ATA 22- 4
Sys/Seq
22-11-01 -11 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C May be inoperative provided proce- Placard flight
dures do not require its use. guidance con-
Heading Synchronization (PUSH troller.
SYNC) Button
22-11-01 -12 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard flight Use VS or FLC Modes to control
cedures do not require its use. guidance con- speed in climb or descent.
Speed Hold (SPD) Mode Button troller.

22-11-01 -13 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard flight Use VS or SPEED (SPD) Modes
cedures do not require its use. guidance con- to control rate and speed of climb
Flight Level Change (FLC) troller. or descent.
Engage Button
22-11-01 -14 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard flight Use SPEED (SPD) or FLC Modes
cedures do not require its use. guidance con- to control vertical speed in climb or
Vertical Speed Hold (VS) Mode troller. descent.
Button
22-11-01 -15 Flight Guidance Controller Panel 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard flight Verify Altitude Preselect knob
a) Altitude Preselect knob operates guidance con- operates normally:
Altitude Hold (ALT) Mode Button normally, and troller. On ground, with airplane ener-
b) Procedures do not require its use. gized, turn the Altitude Preselect
Knob (ASEL) selecting altitudes
above and below the field eleva-
tion, verify that the selected alti-
tude matches the desired altitude
and it is displayed on the top right
corner of the PFD.
ATA 22- 5
Sys/Seq
22-11-08 -1 Touch control steering button 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative in the deacti- Placard flight Ensure that white TCS is not dis-
vated condition. guidance con- played in PFD.
(TCS Sync Buttons) troller.
22-11-09 -1 Go-Around buttons 2 1 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard flight Use button that is not failed.
a) Enroute or approach procedures guidance con-
do not require its use, and troller.
b) Affected button is failed in the de-

activated condition.
NOTE: In case of dual failure, only

automatic engagement of Windshear
Escape Guidance Mode by position-
ing TLA above 78 degrees operates
normally.
ATA 22- 6
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 23: Communications Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
23-00-00 -1 Communications systems 2 1 D The number two transmitter / Placard associ-
(VHF,HF,UHF) receiver may be inoperative for Part ated control
91 non-revenue operations. panel.
23-20-01 -1 ACARS system 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard associ- Flight Crew will call in: OUT, OFF,
(If installed and activated, Contact alternate procedures are established ated control ON and IN (OOOI) times.
Maintenance Control for aircraft and used. panel.
configuration)

23-21-01 -1 Selective Call System (SELCAL- If 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard associ- Crew will continually monitor radio
Installed, Contact Maintenance alternate procedures are established ated control used to receive SELCAL mes-
Control for aircraft configuration) and used. panel. sages.
23-21-01 -2 Selective Call System (SELCAL- If 1 0 D May be inoperative provided proce- Placard associ-
Installed, Contact Maintenance dures do not require its use. ated control
Control for aircraft configuration) panel.
ATA 23- 1
Sys/Seq
23-30-01 -1 Passenger address system 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard digital a) Flight attendant should brief the
a) Alternate, normal and emergency audio panel. passengers by facing them and
Passenger configuration procedures and/or operating re- giving the briefing loud enough
strictions are established and that all passengers can hear it.
used, and b) Flight deck / cabin interphone
b) Flight attendant alerting system (two-way) and “call” chime func-
(chime and pilot attendant call tion will be utilized for normal
light) operates normally. and emergency communica-
tions between the flight deck

NOTE: Any station function(s) that crew and cabin attendant.
operate normally may be used.
The captain will brief each crew-
member of these procedures prior
to each flight.
23-30-01 -2 Passenger address system 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard Digital a) Flight attendant must verify if
alternate procedures are established audio panel. lavatory is occupied during an-
Lavatory speakers and used. nouncements
b) If lavatory is occupied, then
flight attendant must proceed to
the lavatory and convey the
message to the individual occu-
pying the lavatory.
The captain will brief each crew-

member of these procedures prior
to each flight.
ATA 23- 2
Sys/Seq
23-31-01 -1 Crew member interphone system 2 1 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard ICU Verify proper operation of crew
a) Flight deck to cabin and cabin to panel. interphone system from the for-
Passenger Configuration flight deck interphone functions ward flight attendant seat to the
operate normally on at least fifty flight deck.
percent of the cabin handsets
Flight deck to cabin, cabin to flight (The forward flight attendant sta-
deck functions. The interphone system at the for-
tion must be operative), and ward flight attendant station will be
b) Alternate communication proce- utilized for communications

dures between the affected flight between the flight deck and cabin.
attendant station(s) are estab-
lished and used.
NOTE: Any station function(s) that

23-31-01 -2 Crew member interphone system 2 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided Placard ICU Flight attendants will verbally com-
alternate procedures between the panel. municate between each other,
Cabin to cabin function affected flight attendant stations are without the use of the interphone
established and used. system.
NOTE: Any station function(s) that

ATA 23- 3
Sys/Seq
23-31-01 -3 Crew member interphone system 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided Placard ICU The captain and ramp agent will
alternate procedures are established panel. conduct a face-to-face review of
Flight deck to ground functions and used. hand signals to be used, and
(Airplanes operating under FAR agree to the conditions under
Part 121). which the pushback and engine
start will be conducted.
If a pushback onto an active taxi-

way is necessary with no inter-
phone, prior coordination between
the agency controlling the taxiway,
captain and ramp agent is
required.
23-31-02 -1 Alerting systems (Audio/Visual) 1 0 B May be inoperative provided the Placard ATDT
flight deck audio alerting system call system but-
Passenger configuration operates normally. ton on ICU
panel.
Flight deck call visual alerting sys- NOTE: The flight deck audio alerting
tem must always be operative.
ATA 23- 4
Sys/Seq
23-31-02 -2 Alerting systems (Audio/Visual) 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard ATDT The PA will be used instead of the
a) PA system operates normally, call system but- visual alerting system.
Passenger configuration b) If affected light is used for lavatory ton on ICU The captain will brief each crew-
smoke detector alerting, an alter- panel. member of these procedures prior
Flight attendant visual alerting nate lavatory smoke alert (audio to each flight.
or visual) is installed and operates
system
normally, and
c) Alternate procedures for contact-

ing flight attendants are estab-
lished and used.
NOTE 1: Passenger to Attendant

Call System is considered a passen-
ger convenience item.
NOTE 2: Any visual alerting system

function(s) that operate normally
may be used.
ATA 23- 5
Sys/Seq
23-31-02 -3 Alerting systems (Audio/Visual) - 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard ATDT The PA will be used instead of the
a) PA system operates normally, call system but- audio alerting system (chimes).
Passenger configuration b) If affected chime is used for lava- ton on ICU
tory smoke detector alerting, an panel. The captain will brief each crew-
Flight attendant audio alerting sys- alternate lavatory smoke alert (au- member of these procedures prior
dio or visual) is installed and oper- to each flight.
tem
ates normally, and
c) Alternate procedures for contact-

ing flight attendants are estab-
lished and used.
NOTE 1: Passenger to Attendant

Call System is considered a passen-
ger convenience item.
NOTE 2: Any audio alerting system

function(s) that operate normally
may be used.
ATA 23- 6
Sys/Seq
23-31-03 -1 Handset system 2 1 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard atten- Verify proper operation of crew
a) Fifty percent of cabin handsets op- dant handset. interphone system from the for-
Passenger configuration erate normally, ward flight attendant seat to the
b) Alternate communication proce- flight deck.
Cabin attendant handsets dures between the affected flight
attendants station(s) are estab- The interphone system at the for-
lished and used (The forward flight ward flight attendant station will be
attendant station must be opera- utilized for communications

tive). between the flight deck and cabin.
NOTE 1: An operative handset at an
inoperative flight attendant seat shall
not be counted to satisfy the fifty per-
cent requirement.
NOTE 2: Any handset function(s)

that operate normally may be used.
23-32-02 -1 Pre-recorded passenger 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard enter- Flight attendant will brief passen-
announcement system alternate procedures are established tainment system gers orally and give the briefing
and used. panel. loud enough for all passengers to
hear them. P/A to be utilized when
operative.
23-32-99 -1 Pre-recorded passenger 1 0 D (O) The CD may be missing. Placard enter- Flight attendant will brief passen-
announcement system tainment system gers orally and give the briefing
panel. loud enough for all passengers to
Passenger announcement CD hear them. P/A to be utilized when
operative.
ATA 23- 7
Sys/Seq
23-33-01 -1 Passenger cabin speakers 36 0 C May be inoperative provided any seat Placard digital
from which a passenger cannot audio panels.
clearly hear a passenger address
announcement is not occupied.
23-33-01 -2 36 0 C May be inoperative provided passen- Placard digital

Passenger cabin speakers ger address system is considered audio panels.
inoperative.

23-51-03 -1 Push to talk (PTT) (button on 4 2 C Two may be inoperative provided one Placard affected
glareshield panel or control wheel) button at each pilot’s station operates PTT button.
normally.
23-51-04 -1 Flight deck speakers 2 0 C May be inoperative provided headsets Placard digital
operate normally. audio panels.
23-51-05 -1 Flight Deck Headsets 3 2 D Any in excess of those required for Placard associ-
each person on flight deck duty may ated headset
be inoperative or missing provided the jack.
primary observer seat is considered
inoperative.
23-51-07 -1 Flight deck hand held micro- 2 0 C May be inoperative provided associ- Placard pilot’s
phones ated boom microphones operate nor- jack panels.
mally.
ATA 23- 8
Sys/Seq
23-70-00 -1 Flightdeck Door Monitoring Sys- 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard next to As listed in the GOM under the
tem a) An alternative means of viewing Pilot’s MFD. “Admission to the Flight Deck” pro-
the area on the cabin side of the cedures, viewing of the area on the
flightdeck door from the flightdeck cabin side of the flightdeck door
is available and functional, and through the peephole will be uti-
b) Alternate procedures are estab- lized.
lished and used.

NOTE: Any portion of the system
which operates normally may be
used.
23-71-00 -1 Cockpit voice recorder system 1 0 A May be inoperative provided: Placard voice
a) Flight data recorder (FDR) oper- recorder panel.
ates normally, and
b) Repairs are made within 3 flight
days.
23-73-00 -1 Video Surveillance System (VSS) 1 0 D (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:

a) System is deactivated, and
b) Alternate procedures are estab-
lished and used.
23-73-00 -2 Video Unit 1 0 D (O)May be inoperative provided
alternate procedures are established
and used.
23-73-00 -3 Video Camera 3 0 D (O)May be inoperative provided
alternate procedures are established
and used.
ATA 23- 9
Sys/Seq
23-80-00 -1 Radio management units (RMU’s) 2 1 C May be inoperative. Placard associ-
ated RMU bezel.
Nav / Comm tuning function
23-80-00 -2 Radio management units (RMU’s) 2 0 C May be inoperative provided tuning Placard associ-
function operates normally. ated RMU bezel.
Memory function

23-81-02 -1 Tuning backup control head 1 0 C May be inoperative provided both Placard tuning
radio management units operate backup control
normally. head panel.
ATA 23- 10
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 24: Electrical Power Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
24-20-01 -1 Generator current indications 4 2 C (O) May be inoperative on each side Placard affected Prior to each flight, verify that the
provided: generator but- associated voltage indication
a) Associated voltage indication op- ton. operates normally, and the
erates normally, and remaining generator on the same
b) Remaining generator on the same side operates normally.
side operates normally.
24-20-02 -1 Generator voltage indications 4 2 C One may be inoperative on each side Placard affected

provided associated current indica- generator but-
tion operates normally. ton.
24-20-03 -1 Inverter 1 0 A May be inoperative provided: Placard AC

a) GPWS / Windshear powered by PWR button.
115 VAC is considered inopera-
tive,
b) TCAS powered by 115 VAC is
considered inoperative, and
c) Repairs are made within two flight
days.
24-31-01 -1 Engine driven generators 4 3 B (M) (O) One may be inoperative pro- Placard affected Use APU generator during takeoff
vided APU generator operates nor- generator but- and landing.
Airplanes equipped with conven- mally and is used to replace affected ton.
tional electro-mechanical standby generator during takeoff and landing.
instruments
ATA 24- 1
Sys/Seq
24-31-01 -2 Engine driven generators 4 3 B (M) (O) One may be inoperative pro- Placard affected Use APU generator during entire
vided APU generator operates nor- generator but- flight.
Airplanes equipped with Inte- mally and is used to replace affected ton.
grated Standby Instrument Sys- generator during the entire flight. Coordinate with dispatch that APU
tem (ISIS, Contact Maintenance fuel burn has been accounted for
Control for aircraft configuration) as follows:
a) Any flight scheduled up to 59

minutes in length add an additional
100lbs of fuel.
b) Any flight scheduled between

60-119 minutes add an additional
200lbs of fuel.
c) Any flight scheduled between

300lbs of fuel.
d) Any flight scheduled over 180

minutes add an additional 400lbs
of fuel.
ATA 24- 2
Sys/Seq
24-31-02 -1 Engine driven generator bearings 4 3 A (O) Advisory message GEN BRG Placard affected The PIC will review the aircraft
(Only for generator model 30086- FAIL may be present for one genera- generator but- flight log and verify that the caution
11) tor provided: ton. message GEN OFF BUS for the
a) Caution message GEN OFF BUS affected generator was not pre-
Chautauqua only operates gener- for the affected generator was not sented and written up during the
ator model 30086-11 presented during the previous previous flight.
flight, and
b) Repairs are made within 20 flight

hours.
24-34-01 -1 APU starter generator 1 0 C May be inoperative provided APU is Placard APU
Starter function considered inoperative. control panel.
24-34-01 -2 APU starter generator 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard APU Leave the APU GEN switch in the
Generator function engine driven generators operate starter generator OFF position (Deselected).
normally. button.
24-40-00 -1 External power system 1 0 C May be inoperative. Placard GPU

button.
24-40-00 -2 External power system 2 0 C May be inoperative. Placard applica-

GPU AVAIL lights ble indicator.
ATA 24- 3

ATA 24- 4
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 25: Equipment / Furnishings Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
25-11-00 -1 Eye locator 1 0 C May be broken or missing. Placard on wind-
shield central
frame top.
25-11-01 -1 Flight crew seats 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard next to Use the manual system to adjust
a) System is deactivated, and the associated the seat.
Vertical power seat adjustment b) Manual seat adjustment operates MFD bezel.

systems normally. This deactivation procedure may
be accomplished by the flight
crew, under direct, verbal commu-
nications with Maintenance Con-
trol.
25-11-01 -2 Flight crew seats 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard next to
a) Seat (s) are locked in a position the associated
Manual vertical adjustments that permits normal pilots visibility MFD bezel.
b) Full flight control movement is
available, and
c) Position of seat is acceptable to
flight crew.
25-11-01 -3 Flight crew seats 2 0 C May be inoperative provided seat is Placard next to
acceptable to affected crewmember. the associated
Lumbar supports MFD bezel.
25-11-01 -4 Flight crew seats 4 0 C May be inoperative, broken or miss- Placard next to
ing. the associated
Armrests MFD bezel.
ATA 25- 1
Sys/Seq
25-11-01 -5 Flight crew seats 2 0 C May be inoperative provided seat is Placard next to
acceptable to affected crewmember. the associated
Recline functions MFD bezel.
25-11-01 -6 Flight crew seats 2 0 C May be inoperative with the seat at Placard next to
the central position provided fore / aft the associated
Lateral adjustments adjustments are operative and seat MFD bezel.
is acceptable to affected crewmem-

ber.
25-11-01 -7 Flight crew seats 4 2 D One lever per seat may be inopera- Placard next to
tive or broken provided: the associated
Aft/Fore adjustment Levers (Air- a) The remaining lever on seat oper- MFD bezel.
planes equipped with 2 adjust- ates normally, and
ment levers per seat) b) The inoperative or broken lever on
affected seat does not pose a haz-
ard to the crew or interfere with
proper seat operation.
25-11-02 -1 Primary observer seat (Including 1 0 A May be inoperative provided: Placard observ-
associated equipment) a) A passenger seat in the passenger ers seat.
cabin is made available to an FAA
inspector for the performance of
official duties, and
b) Repairs are made within two flight
days.
ATA 25- 2
Sys/Seq
25-11-02 -2 Primary observer seat (Including 1 0 A May be inoperative provided: Placard observ-
associated equipment) a) Required minimum safety equip- ers seat.
ment (safety belt and oxygen) is
available
b) Seat is acceptable to an FAA in-
spector for the performance of of-
ficial duties, and

days.
NOTE 1: These provisos are

intended to provide for occupancy of
the above seat by an FAA inspector
when the minimum safety equipment
(oxygen and safety belt) is functional
and the inspector determines the
conditions to be acceptable.
NOTE 2: The pilot-in-command will

determine if the minimum safety
equipment is functional for other per-
sons authorized to occupy observer
seat.
ATA 25- 3
Sys/Seq
25-11-04 -1 Flight attendant seat assembly 1 0 A (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard atten- Flight attendant shall occupy seat
a) Affected seat is not occupied, dant’s seat as indicated in the FAM.
Aircraft with only one flight atten- b) Flight attendant displaced by inop- “INOP - DO NOT
dant seat erative seat occupies the passen- OCCUPY”. Plac-
ger seat most accessible to the ard assigned
inoperative seat, passenger seat
Forward seat assembly
c) Alternate procedures are estab- “FOR FLIGHT
lished and used as published in ATTENDANT

crewmember manuals, USE ONLY”.
d) Folding type seat is stowed or is
secured in the retracted position,
e) Passenger seat assigned to flight
attendant is placarded “FOR
FLIGHT ATTENDANT USE
ONLY”, and
f) Repairs are made within two flight
days.
NOTE 1: An automatic folding seat that

will not stow automatically is considered
inoperative.
NOTE 2: A seat position with an inopera-
tive or missing restraint system is consid-
ered inoperative.
NOTE 3: The above provisos apply to
flight attendant seats. Individual opera-
tors, when operating with inoperative
seats, will consider the locations and com-
binations of seats to ensure that the prox-
imity to exits and distribution requirements
of the applicable FAR are met.
ATA 25- 4
Sys/Seq
25-11-04 -2 Flight attendant seat assembly 1 0 B (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard atten- Flight attendant shall occupy seat
a) Affected seat is not occupied, dant’s seat as indicated in the FAM.
Aircraft with more than one flight b) Flight attendant(s) displaced by in- “INOP - DO NOT
attendant seat operative seat occupies the pas- OCCUPY”. Plac-
senger seat most accessible to ard assigned
the inoperative seat so as to most passenger seat
Forward seat assembly
effectively perform assigned du- “FOR FLIGHT
ties, ATTENDANT

c) Alternate procedures are estab- USE ONLY”.
lished and used as published in
crewmember manuals,
d) Folding type seat stows automati-
cally or is secured in the retracted
position, and
e) Passenger seat assigned to flight
attendant is placarded “FOR
FLIGHT ATTENDANT USE
ONLY”.
NOTE 1: An automatic folding seat that

will not stow automatically is considered
inoperative.

ered inoperative.
NOTE 3: Individual operators, when oper-

ating with inoperative seats, will consider
the locations and combinations of seats to
ensure that the proximity to exits and dis-
tribution requirements of the applicable
FAR are met.
ATA 25- 5
Sys/Seq
25-11-04 -3 Flight attendant seat assembly 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard atten- Flight attendant shall occupy seat
a) Affected seat is not occupied, and dant’s seat as indicated in the FAM.
Aircraft with more than one flight b) Folding type seat stows automati- “INOP - DO NOT
attendant seat cally or is secured in the retracted OCCUPY”. Plac-
position. ard assigned
passenger seat
AFT seat assembly
NOTE 1: An automatic folding seat that “FOR FLIGHT
will not stow automatically is considered ATTENDANT
inoperative.

USE ONLY”.
ered inoperative.
25-12-01 -1 Sunvisors 2 0 C May be inoperative or missing pro- Placard the

vided there are no visual restrictions affected sun
to flight crew. visor if inop.
Placard sun
visor area if
missing.
25-12-02 -1 Cockpit convenience item (s) - 0 C Cockpit convenience items, as Placard next to
expressed in this MEL are those MFD Bezel.
items related to crewmember conve-
nience or comfort such as, but not
limited to: cap holders, ash trays,
footrests, etc. Items addressed else-
where in this document shall not be
included. Convenience item may be
either broken or missing.
ATA 25- 6
Sys/Seq
25-12-99 -1 Non required flight manuals and - 0 C Non required flight manuals and Placard next to Utilize the POH in place of any
checklists checklists as expressed in this MEL MFD Bezel. missing Normal Checklists, Pre-
relates to Normal Checklists, Pre- FLight Checklists, QRH or Lami-
Flight Checklists, QRH and Lami- nated Data Card sets.
nated Data Card sets. Any combina-
tion of these may be unreadable or
missing.

25-12-04 -1 Chart holders 6 2 C May be inoperative or missing pro- Placard the
vided one is available at each pilot affected chart
station. holder.
ATA 25- 7
Sys/Seq
25-21-05 -1 Passenger seats - - C May be inoperative provided: Placard the
a) Seat does not block an emergency associated
exit, seat(s) “DO NOT
b) Seat does not restrict any passen- OCCUPY”.
ger from access to the main air-
craft aisle, and
c) The affected seat (s) are blocked
and placarded “DO NOT OCCU-

PY”.
NOTE 1: A seat with an inoperative

seat belt is considered inoperative.
NOTE 2: Inoperative seats do not

affect the required number of flight
attendants.
NOTE 3: Affected seat (s) may

include the seat (s) behind and / or
adjacent outboard seats.
25-21-05 -2 Passenger seats - - C (M) May be inoperative and seat Placard the
occupied provided seat back is affected seat
Recline mechanism immovable and secured in the full control.
up-right position.
ATA 25- 8
Sys/Seq
25-21-05 -3 Passenger seats - - C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard the Flight crew shall notify flight atten-
a) Baggage is not stowed under seat affected seat(s) dant about inoperative restraining
Under seat baggage restraining with inoperative bar, “DO NOT STOW bar (s). Flight attendant shall
bars b) Associated seat is placarded “DO BAGGAGE ensure no carry-ons are stowed
NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER UNDER THIS under the affected seat.
THIS SEAT”, and SEAT”.
c) Procedures are established to
alert cabin crew of inoperative re-

straining bar.
25-21-05 -4 Passenger seats - 0 C May be inoperative or missing and Placard next to

seat occupied provided: MFD Bezel.
Armrests a) Armrest does not block an Emer-
gency Exit,
b) Armrest does not restrict any pas-
senger from access to the main
aircraft aisle, and
c) For an armrest with a recline
mechanism, seat is secured in the
upright position.
ATA 25- 9
Sys/Seq
25-22-00 -1 Overhead storage bin (s) / cabin - 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard affected
and galley storage compartment / a) Procedures are established to se- overhead bin (s)
closets cure compartment closed. cabin and galley
b) Compartment is not used for stor- storage com-
age of emergency equipment, and partment / closet
c) Affected compartment is not used “INOPERATIVE
for storage of any item (s) except DO NOT USE”.
for those permanently affixed.

NOTE: If no partitions are installed,
the entire overhead storage com-
partment is considered one bin.
25-27-02 -1 Lavatory Bulkhead Peephole 1 0 D May be inoperative provided: Placard next to
a) Only the view capability is ob- Bulkhead Peep-
structed, and hole.
b) Bulkhead peephole is in place and
not broken.
25-27-02 -2 Lavatory Bulkhead Peephole 1 0 D (M) May be broken, missing or Placard next to
removed provided the hole is Bulkhead Peep-
blocked by an acceptable means. hole location.
25-27-09 -1 Forward attendant control panel 1 0 D (M) May be inoperative provided the Placard next to
cover cover is removed. forward atten-
dant control
panel.
ATA 25- 10
Sys/Seq
25-30-01 -1 Galley waste receptacles access - 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard next to Flight crew to ensure inoperative
doors / covers a) The container is empty and the ac- access door. waste container is empty prior to
cess is secured to prevent waste each flight.
introduction into the compartment,
and Dispose and/or store accumulated
b) Procedures are established to en- waste IAW the F/A manual.
sure that sufficient galley waste
receptacles are available to ac-

commodate all waste that may be
generated on a flight.
25-40-00 -1 Exterior lavatory door ashtrays 1 0 A May be missing provided it is Placard above
Airplanes with only one exterior replaced within 3 calendar days. inoperative or
lavatory door ashtray installed missing ashtray.
25-50-01 -1 Cargo Restraint Systems 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative or missing Placard next to Ensure baggage compartment is
(Horizontal and Door Safety Nets) provided baggage compartment MFD bezel. empty.
remains empty.
ATA 25- 11
Sys/Seq
25-50-01 -2 Cargo Restraint System 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative or missing Placard next to Ensure baggage compartment is
Horizontal Net provided acceptable cargo loading MFD bezel. limited to 2182 lbs.
limits from an approved cargo load-
ing manual, cargo handling manual,
or weight and balance document are
observed.
NOTE: Baggage compartment

loaded up to 2182 lbs. does not
require the use of the horizontal net.
NOTE: Reference Chart 7 for loading

limitations.
25-50-01 -3 Cargo Restraint System 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative or missing Placard next to Ensure baggage loading person-
Door Safety Net provided cargo restraint net (horizon- MFD bezel. nel are aware that the horizontal
tal net) is available and used. restraint net MUST be used.
25-60-05 -1 Flight deck / attendant flashlight 4 1 C (O) Three may be inoperative or Placard affected The PIC will ensure that the
and holder assemblies missing provided: flight deck / affected crewmember has a flash-
a) Affected crewmember has a flash- attendant flashlight readily available.
light readily available. light holder
b) The forward Flight Attendant sta- assembly area.
tion must have an operative flash-
light and holder assembly.
ATA 25- 12
Sys/Seq
25-60-09 -1 Automated External Defibrillator 1 0 A (O) May be incomplete, missing or Placard AED Deferral placard to be inspected
(AED) and/or Associated Equip- inoperative provided: container. Plac- prior to each flight.
ment a) AED is resealed in a manner that ard to be
will identify it as a unit that can not installed to over-
lap the kit zipper, NOTE: This identifies the unit as
AED and Associated equipment be mistaken for a fully serviceable being unserviceable.
unit. so as to provide a
(Except AED Pads) temporary
b) Repairs or replacements are inspection seal.
made within 3 flight cycles.

25-60-09 -2 Emergency Medical Equipment 2 0 A (O) May be incomplete, missing or Placard AED Deferral placard to be inspected
inoperative provided: container. Plac- prior to each flight.
AED Pads a) AED is resealed in a manner that ard to be
will identify it as a unit that can not installed to over-
(Both Missing) lap the kit zipper, NOTE: This identifies the unit as
be mistaken for a fully serviceable being unserviceable.
unit. so as to provide a
temporary
b) Repairs or replacements are inspection seal.
made within 3 flight cycles.
25-60-09 -3 Emergency Medical Equipment 2 1 D One set of pads may be inoperative Placard AED
or missing. container.
AED Pads
(1 set missing) One set of pads is required.
25-60-09 -4 Emergency Medical Equipment 1 0 D May be broken or missing Placard AED

container.
AED Kit Handle
ATA 25- 13
Sys/Seq
25-60-09 -5 Emergency Medical Kit (EMK) 1 0 A (O) May be incomplete, missing or Placard EMK Deferral placard to be inspected
and/or Associated Equipment inoperative provided: container by prior to each flight.
a) EMK is resealed in a manner that sealing with tape
will identify it as a unit that can not or a label over
be mistaken for a fully serviceable the Zipper that
unit. contains the
words: EMK
b) Repairs or replacements are UNSERVICE-
made within 3 flight cycles. ABLE

ATA 25- 14
Sys/Seq
25-60-09 -6 Medical kit safety seal(s) 4 0 A (O) Medical Kit safety seal(s) may be Kit is to be plac- Ensure minimum inventory
broken or missing provided: arded after verifi- requirements are met.
a) The bag is opened and visually in- cation that the kit
spected for proper contents. meets minimum
1.If one of the colored bags is requirements.
missing a safety seal, an inven- Placard EEMK
tory of the appropriate bag must container. Plac-
be performed. ard to be

a) The bag(s) must contain all installed to over-
of the required items. lap the kit zipper,
b) If any of the required items so as to provide a
are missing, the kit must be temporary
inspection seal.
replaced prior to flight.
b) The kit must be replaced or in-
spected and resealed at the first
maintenance base where invento-
ry is available.
NOTE: A deferred safety seal may
be cleared by replacing the kit or by
performing an inventory to ensure
the required contents, and then
resealing the bag(s). The main kit
has 1 safety seal and the Blue,
Orange and yellow bags all have
their own safety seals.
NOTE: Kit contents are located on
the outside of the kit.
NOTE: A safety seal may consist of
break away wire, plastic safety seal
or similar type of seal.
ATA 25- 15
Sys/Seq
25-60-09 -7 First aid kit safety seal 1 0 A (O) Safety seal may be broken or Kit is to be plac- Deferral placard to be inspected
missing provided: arded after verifi- prior to each flight. If deferral plac-
a) MTC control is contacted and an cation that the kit ard has been broken, torn, or has
inventory of the kit contents is ac- meets minimum come loose, an inventory must be
complished, see Chart 2 requirements. taken to ensure minimum inven-
b) A log book entry is made stating Placard to be tory requirements are still met, and
that the kit was opened and its installed to over- a new placard must be reapplied.
contents meet the minimum re- lap the kit and

quirements, and the lid, so as to
c) Kit is either replaced or replen- provide a tempo-
ished/resealed at the first mainte- rary inspection
nance facility where inventory is seal.
available.
NOTE: Reference CHART 2 for min-
imum required inventory listing.
25-60-10 -1 “Fasten Seat Belts While Seated” - - C One or more signs or placards may Placard next to
sign or placard be illegible or missing provided a leg- the affected sign
ible sign or placard is readable from or placard.
each occupied passenger seat
25-61-01 -1 Emergency locator transmitter 1 0 D May be inoperative for domestic Placard ELT
(ELT) scheduled operation. panel.
ATA 25- 16
Sys/Seq
25-64-02 -1 Flotation Equipment (Crew and 5 0 D Any amount of infant life vests may Placard next to Inform the Flight Attendant as to
Passenger) be missing provided the flight Atten- MFD Bezel. which seat(s) are missing the
dant makes sure the person(s) with a infant life vest(s).
Infant Life Vests lap child(ren) are seated in a seat
that is equipped with an infant life Instruct the Flight Attendant to
vest or adjacent to an empty seat. ensure that person(s) with a lap
child(ren) are seated in a seat(s)
that is equipped with an infant life

vest(s) or adjacent to an empty
seat.
ATA 25- 17
Sys/Seq
25-NEF Non-Essential Equipment and 0 - P May be inoperative, damaged or Placard above NOTE: Exterior lavatory door ash
Furnishing Items missing provided that the items are MFD. trays are not considered NEF
deferred in accordance with MEL/ items.
CDL/NEF process outlined here. (M)
and (O) procedures, if required, will
be listed or referenced on the flight
release and are available to the flight
crew from Maintenance Control.

25-90-XXX -1 Passenger Cabin Items 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
25-91-XXX -1 Passenger Seat Items 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
25-92-XXX -1 Galley Items 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
25-93-XXX -1 Flight Deck Items 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
25-94-XXX -1 Lavatory Items 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
25-95-XXX -1 Interior Placards 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
25-96-XXX -1 Required Placards 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
25-97-XXX -1 Service Bay Items 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
25-98-XXX -1 Cargo Compartment Items 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
25-99-XXX -1 Misc. Exterior 0 0 P Reference NEF list for individual items
End of Chapter
ATA 25- 18
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08 System 26: Fire Protection Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
26-12-00 -1 APU fire detection system 1 0 C May be inoperative provided APU is Placard APU
considered inoperative. control panel.
26-14-00 -1 Lavatory smoke detection sys- 1 0 C (M) (O) For each lavatory, the lava- Placard lavatory Ensure lavatory door remains
tems tory smoke detection system may be door “INOPERA- locked and closed.
inoperative provided: TIVE - DO NOT
a) Lavatory waste receptacle is emp- ENTER”.
ty

b) Associated lavatory door is locked
closed and placarded “INOPERA-
TIVE - DO NOT ENTER”, and
c) Lavatory is used only by crew-
members.
NOTE: These provisos are not

intended to prohibit lavatory use or
inspection by crewmembers.
26-15-00 -1 Baggage compartment smoke 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard over- Do not transport live animals in
detection system cedures are established and used to head fire protec- baggage compartment. Verify the
ensure the associated compartment tion panel. cargo area is empty or contains
Airplanes Equipped with Class C remains empty, or is verified to con- only empty cargo handling equip-
or D Baggage Compartment tain only empty cargo handling ment or ballast.
equipment or ballast.
NOTE: Operator MELs must define

which materials can be used as bal-
last.
Ballast may consist of bagged rock,

gravel, pebbles or sand.
ATA 26- 1
Sys/Seq
26-15-10 -1 Compartment smoke detector pro- 2 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard over- Verify the baggage compartment
tective bar (a) Protective bar does not contact head fire protec- smoke detectors are operational
the smoke detector, tion panel. before each flight (per EMB 145
(b) Baggage compartment smoke POH Chapter 4 Normal Proce-
detector is checked before each dures Section 1 Preflight) and that
flight, and the higher horizontal net is
(c) The higher horizontal net is installed and no load is over the
installed and no load is over the net.

net.
26-21-02 -1 E1 (2) EXTBTLA (B) INOP caution 4 2 B (M) One or two messages may be Placard on asso-
messages inoperative provided engine fire pro- ciated engine
tection systems A and B are verified fire detection /
operational once each flight day. extinguishing
panel.
26-22-00 -1 APU fire extinguishing system 1 0 C May be inoperative provided APU is Placard APU
considered inoperative. panel.
26-22-01 -1 APU EXTBTL INOP caution mes- 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided Placard APU fire
sage APU fire protection system is verified detection / extin-
operational once each flight day. guishing panel.
26-22-01 -2 APU EXTBTL INOP caution mes- 1 0 C May be inoperative provided APU is Placard APU fire
sage considered inoperative. detection / extin-
guishing panel.
ATA 26- 2
Sys/Seq
26-23-00 -1 Baggage compartment fire extin- 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided Placard over- Verify the cargo area is empty or
guisher system cargo compartment remains empty head fire protec- contains only empty cargo han-
NOTE: Does not preclude the car- tion panel. dling equipment or ballast.
riage of empty cargo containers, pal-
lets, ballast, etc.
26-23-99 -1 Portable fire extinguisher safety 3 0 D (O) May be missing. The indicator Placard next to Prior to each flight, ensure the indi-
seal needle of the pressure gauge must MFD Bezel. cator needle of the pressure

be in the green section. gauge is in the green section.
26-25-00 -1 Lavatory fire extinguisher systems 1 0 C (O) For each lavatory, the lavatory Placard lavatory Perform the following lavatory
fire extinguisher system may be smoke detection smoke detector system test:
inoperative provided lavatory smoke panel.
detector system operates normally. Test Button...............PRESS
Check that the following indica-
tions are activated:
- SMOKE red alarm light on the
lavatory smoke detector panel
- Horn activated on lavatory
smoke detector panel
- LAV SMOKE warning message
on EICAS
- Normal operation green light ex-
tinguished
HORN RESET button...........PRESSED
ATA 26- 3
Sys/Seq
26-25-00 -2 Lavatory fire extinguisher systems 1 0 C (M) (O) For each lavatory, the lava- Placard lavatory Flight crew to advise cabin crew to
tory fire extinguisher system may be door “INOPERA- not allow use of lavatory by pas-
inoperative provided: TIVE - DO NOT sengers.
a) Lavatory waste receptacle is emp- ENTER”.
ty Ensure lavatory door remains
b) Lavatory door is locked closed and locked and closed.
placarded, “INOPERATIVE - DO
NOT ENTER”, and

c) Lavatory is used only by crew-
members.

intended to prohibit lavatory use or
inspection by crewmembers.
ATA 26- 4
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 27: Flight Controls Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
27-10-01 -1 Aileron Dampers 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard above
a) The affected damper(s) is deacti- MFD.
vated, and
b) Perform visual inspection of the af-
fected PCA rod ends and fittings.
27-14-00 -1 Roll trim position indication 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard roll trim Perform following check to ensure
a) Roll trim is verified to be centered switch. roll trim is energized prior to each

before each departure, and departure:
b) Yaw trim position indication oper- Aileron in neutral position check:
ates normally. Airplane.....................DE-ENERGIZED
Control wheels....NEUTRAL POSITION
Ailerons..............NEUTRAL POSITION
Airplane............................ENERGIZED
Roll trim switch...................RELEASED
Electric hydraulic pumps.................ON
Control wheels....NEUTRAL POSITION
Ailerons..............NEUTRAL POSITION
ATA 27- 1
Sys/Seq
27-15-00 -1 Aileron disconnection light 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided a Placard AIL Perform the following check to
check is made before each takeoff to DISC caution ensure both ailerons are con-
verify that both ailerons are con- light. nected prior to each departure:
nected. Aileron mechanical interconnec-
tion check:
Left control wheel............... HOLD

FIRMLY IN NEUTRAL POSITION

Right control wheel.............. TRY TO
TURN LEFT AND RIGHT
If relative movement between both con-

trol wheels is not observed, then the
aileron mechanical interconnection is
connected.
27-21-03 -1 Pedal adjustment mechanisms 2 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided Placard associ- With seats adjusted, check pedals
rudder pedals can be adjusted to suit ated pedal for full travel. If the extreme pedal
individual pilot requirements and is adjustment positions can not be reached,
acceptable to the flight crewmember. switch. readjust the seat or report to the
maintenance department person-
nel for pedal adjusting.
ATA 27- 2
Sys/Seq
27-24-01 -1 Yaw trim position indicating 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard Yaw Perform following check to ensure
a) Yaw trim is verified to be centered Trim switch. yaw trim is centered prior to each
before each departure, and departure:
b) Roll trim position indication oper- Rudder in neutral position check:
ates normally. Airplane.....................DE-ENERGIZED
Rudder pedal....NEUTRAL POSTITION
Rudder.............NEUTRAL POSTITION
Airplane............................ENERGIZED
Yaw trim knob...................RELEASED

Electric hydraulic pumps................ON
Rudder pedals....NEUTRAL POSITION
Rudder.............NEUTRAL POSTITION
27-35-00 -1 Elevator disconnection light 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided a Placard ELEV Perform the following check to
check is made before each takeoff to DISC light. ensure both elevators are con-
verify that both elevators are connected prior to each departure:
nected. Elevator mechanical interconnec-
tion check:
Left control column......................HOLD
FIRMLY IN NEUTRAL POSITION
Right control column.................TRY TO
MOVE FORWARD AND BACKWARD
If relative movement between both con-

trol columns is not observed, then the
elevator mechanical interconnection is
connected.
ATA 27- 3
Sys/Seq
27-36-01 -1 SPS/ICE SPEEDS Advisory Mes- 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard stall pro- Follow the abnormal procedure
sage POH abnormal procedure tection system “ADVANCED STALL PROTEC-
“ADVANCED STALL PROTEC- panel. TION”:
TION” is followed.
- If altitude is above 25000 ft:
a) Airspeed ......ABOVE 150 KIAS
- Add 5 KIAS to approach, land-

ing, and go-around speeds to
prevent stall protection from be-
ing actuated.
- Determine the minimum suitable

landing distance, multiply the
unfactored landing distance by
1.15. Only applicable for landing
with Flaps 45°.
27-36-03 -1 Stick shakers 2 1 B May be inoperative. Placard stall pro-

tection system
panel.
27-40-01 -1 Pitch trim position indication 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided sta- Placard near Prior to each departure a flight
bilizer is set by means of markings pitch trim cut-out crewmember will verify the stabi-
on vertical stabilizer prior to each buttons. lizer is set by using markings on
departure, see CHART 6. the vertical stabilizer. Do not acti-
vate pitch trim following verifica-
NOTE: Reference CHART 6 for ver- tion until aircraft is in flight.
tical stabilizer markings.
ATA 27- 4
Sys/Seq
27-53-00 -1 Flap channels 2 1 B (M)(O) One may be inoperative with Placard near flap Ensure there are no obstacles in
FLAP LOW SPEED advisory mes- selector. the takeoff flight path above level
sage present provided: off height (altitude).
a) There are no obstacles in the take-
off flight path above level off
height (altitude), and
b) Motor and brakes of failed channel
are deactivated.

NOTE: Flaps will operate at half
speed.
27-70-00 -2 Gust lock system 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided: Placard gust An elevator check must be per-
Electro-mechanical system a) System is deactivated unlocked lock lever. formed prior to every flight. A
(Contact Maintenance Control for such that locking pins cannot en- visual inspection for the correct
aircraft configuration) gage the elevator, and movement of the elevators, both
b) GUST LOCK amber lights are left and right, will be made. This
masked. will require one pilot to move the
c) If the aircraft is exposed to wind yoke full travel while the other
gusts of 50-64 knots, job card observes that both the left and
MEL 27-70-00HIGHWIND must right elevators move together in
be performed. the same direction and with the
d) If the aircraft is exposed to wind same amount of travel.
gusts of 65 knots or more, the full
Gale Force Inspection per AMM Prior to engine start, verify full for-
5-50-26 must be performed. ward movement of the Thrust
Levers.
NOTE: Appropriate measures
should be taken to prevent damage Ensure gust lock amber lights are
from gusts while on the ground. not illuminated or are masked.
ATA 27- 5
Sys/Seq
27-70-00 -3 Gust lock system 2 1 C May be inoperative. Placard gust
Electro-mechanical system lock lever.
Gust lock amber lights
(Contact Maintenance Control for
aircraft configuration)

ATA 27- 6
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 28: Fuel Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
28-11-02 -1 Sump drain valves 4 3 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard affected
a) There is no evidence of leakage, drain valve
and panel.
b) No water contamination in the oth-
er tank is verified before the first
departure of each flight day.
28-11-05 -1 Fueling receptacle cap 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative (missing) Placard near Maintenance action required dur-

provided: refueling recep- ing each aircraft refueling.
a) Refueling receptacle is visually tacle.
checked for contamination before Coordinate aircraft refueling times
each refueling, and and locations with both dispatch
b) No leakage can be detected after as you normally would and also
refueling is completed. with Maintenance Control in order
to have maintenance personnel
meet the aircraft at the refueling
location.
ATA 28- 1
Sys/Seq
28-21-01 -1 Wing Tank 6 4 C (M) (O) One pump per tank may be Placard affected This deactivation procedure may
Electric fuel booster pumps inoperative provided: fuel pump selec- be accomplished by the flight
a) Remaining two pumps operate tor knob. crew, under direct, verbal commu-
normally, nications with Maintenance Con-
b) If the pumps 1C and 2C are inop- trol.
erative, the message ELEC Observe fuel boost pump INOP
EMERG ABNORMAL must be limitations located in EMB Pilot
verified to operate normally before Operating Handbook.

departure,
c) Affected electric fuel booster pump If pumps 1C and 2C are inopera-
is deactivated, and tive, perform the following check-
d) AFM limitations regarding unus- list to ensure “ELEC EMERG
able fuel are accounted for. ABNORMAL” message operates
normally prior to each departure:
If GPU is available:
-GPU ..............................................ON
-ESSENTIAL POWER
button ................................ PRESS
-ELEC EMERG ABNORMAL
message .................... CHECK ON
-Essential power
button ............................RELEASE
message ................... CHECK OFF
Continued......................
ATA 28- 2
Sys/Seq
28-21-01 -1 Wing Tank 6 4 C .......................Continued
Electric fuel booster pumps
If GPU not available:
-APU or ENGINE (Only one)... START
-APU or ENGINE Generator ..........ON
-During APU operation only; place the
Shed Bus switch in the AUTO position
-ESSENTIAL POWER Button . PRESS

message ..................... CHECK ON
-ESSENTIAL POWER
button .............................RELEASE
message ................... CHECK OFF
-During APU operation only: return the
Shed Bus switch to the OVRD position
28-21-02 -1 Wing Tank 6 4 C (M) (O) One per side may be inoper- Placard affected Maintenance action required
Electric fuel booster pump operat- ative provided associated pump is fuel pump selec- before each flight.
ing indications verified to operate normally before tor knob.
departure. Verify completion of maintenance
action prior to departure.
28-22-01 -1 APU fuel shutoff valve 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard APU Crew shall consider APU inopera-
a) APU is considered inoperative and panel. tive and it shall not be used.
b) Valve is secured closed.
ATA 28- 3
Sys/Seq
28-23-00 -1 Pressure defueling / refueling sys- 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided Placard refueling This deactivation procedure may
tem airplane is refueled by gravity. panel. be accomplished by the flight
NOTE: Fueling vendor will perform nications with Maintenance Con-
the gravity refueling, under direction trol.
of the flight crew.
Flight crew to monitor fuel level
NOTE : If an overfill condition occurs, indications on EICAS throughout

it must be corrected prior to depar- the gravity refueling procedure,
ture. and monitor refueling process
accomplished by fueling vendor.
NOTE: Any fuel leakage at the refu-
eling/defueling adapter must be cor-
rected before departure.
28-23-07 -1 Defueling shutoff valve 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided Placard refueling
valve is secured closed. panel.
28-23-08 -1 Fuel quantity indicator (Refueling 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided Placard refueling This deactivation procedure may
panel) airplane is refueled by gravity. panel. be accomplished by the flight
NOTE: Fueling vendor will perform nications with Maintenance Con-
the gravity refueling, under direction trol.
of the flight crew.
Flight crew to monitor fuel level
NOTE : If an overfill condition occurs, indications on EICAS throughout
it must be corrected prior to depar- the gravity refueling procedure,
ture. and monitor refueling process
accomplished by fueling vendor.
ATA 28- 4
Sys/Seq
28-40-00 -1 Wing Tank Fuel quantity indica- 4 2 B (O) Indications for one tank may be Placard MFD or The airplane is equipped with a
tions (EICAS and MFD) inoperative provided: PFD bezel. direct quantity measuring system,
a) Fuel quantity in associated tank is comprising three measuring points
verified by an alternate means, under each wing. Each measuring
and point is provided with a magnetic
b) Both fuel flow indications and fuel float, which holds a calibrated
used indications are available, stick. When it reaches the fuel
and are monitored throughout the level, the stick provides visual indi-

flight. cation of the total fuel quantity of
the associated side.
To determine the fuel quantity, the

airplane must be laterally leveled.
It is advisable to start at the exter-
nal point located closer to the wing
tip, proceeding towards the wing
root, until the internal stick which
does not provide a zero reading.
To read each stick, press and turn
it, allowing its smooth lowering,
until the float holds it. Enter in the
table(s) located in the Chart sec-
tion (CHART 4) to obtain the fuel
quantity.
NOTE: SIngle point fueling should

not be used due to possible fueling
imbalance. Overwing fueling
should be used in this case.
ATA 28- 5
Sys/Seq
28-42-01 -1 Direct quantity measuring sticks 4 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided fuel Placard refueling Read quantity from EICAS or MFD
quantity is determined by other panel. fuel quantity indicators
means. NOTE: Indicators on MFD and
EICAS must be operable.
28-43-00 -1 Fuel tank temperature indication 1 0 C May be inoperative provided Total Placard MFD
system Air Temperature (TAT) is used as an bezel.
indication of fuel temperature and is

limited to -40 degrees C.
28-44-00 -1 FUEL 1 (or 2) LO LEVEL mes- 2 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided fuel Placard EICAS Crew will monitor fuel quantity
sages quantity indication is available and is bezel. closely throughout the flight.
monitored throughout the flight.
ATA 28- 6
Sys/Seq
28-45-01 -1 E1 (or 2) FUEL LO PRESS mes- 2 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided Placard EICAS Perform the following check to
sages associated fuel pump automatic bezel. ensure associated fuel pump auto-
function operates normally. matic function operates normally:
- Airplane............................ENERGIZE
- Associated Engine...................START
- MFD Fuel Page............................SET
- 1A or 2A Fuel Pump...............SELECT
- Perform the following check:
Proper MFD pump operation indica-

tion
No caution message FUEL LO
PRESS displayed on the EICAS
No caution light and no aural caution
alarm
- 1A or 2A Fuel Pump
Circuit breaker (A1 or A34).........PULL
- Perform the following check:
Associated message FUEL LO
PRESS displayed on the EICAS
Master Caution light blinking
Aural warning sounding
MFD indication changing to another
pump
- 1A or 2A Fuel Pump
Circuit breaker (A1 or A34).CLOSE
-Select the other fuel pumps and repeat
the procedure
- 1B (A33) or 2B (A2)
and
- 1C (G3) or 2C (G32)
28-45-02 -1 APU fuel low press switch 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard APU Do not operate APU.
APU is not used. control panel.
ATA 28- 7
Sys/Seq
28-45-02 -2 APU fuel low press switch 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard APU Use No. 2 engine fuel low pressure
engine 2 fuel low pressure indication control panel. indication to check APU fuel pres-
is operating normally and is used to sure.
check APU fuel pressure.

ATA 28- 8
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 29: Hydraulic Power Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
29-10-02 -1 GSE Couplings (External) 6 0 C (M) May be inoperative open pro- Placard MFD
vided the failed external coupling (or bezel.
(Hydraulic Cart servicing connec- the associated plumbing) is isolated
tions) from the hydraulic system.
29-10-05 -1 Electric hydraulic pump systems 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard affected Insure pump selector is “ON” for
a) Manual function operates normal- hydraulic pump takeoff and landing. The affected
AUTO functions ly, control knob. pump must be turned OFF during

b) Associated electric pump is select- cruise after gear retraction and
ed ON for takeoff and landing, and back on prior to landing gear
OFF during flight. extension.
Pressure Indication and Electric Pump
Pressure Switch check:
Before Associated Engine Start:
Associated ELEC PUMP Knob..........OFF
MFD 1 or 2 ............................HYD PAGE
MFD Pump Status Indication.........CHECK
OFF
MFD Hyd. Pressure Indication ......CHECK
AROUND
ZERO
Associated ELEC PUMP Knob.............ON
MFD Pump Status Indication .......CHECK
ON
MFD Hyd. Pressure Indication ......CHECK
WITHIN
2900 ± 200 psig
Associated ELEC PUMP knob ...........OFF
ATA 29- 1
Sys/Seq
29-10-05 -2 Electric hydraulic pump systems 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard affected In case of the automatic function
Manual functions AUTO and OFF positions for associ- hydraulic pump failure, the affected pump must be
ated pump selector are verified to control knob. turned off during cruise after gear
operate normally. retraction and back on prior to
landing gear extension.
Perform the following check:

OFF and AUTO Position check

(Manual Function Inoperative):
With associated engine shutdown:
- Associated ELEC PUMP Knob.....OFF
- MFD 1 or 2.......................HYD PAGE
- MFD Pump Status Indication..............
.........................................CHECK OFF
- Associated ELEC PUMP Knob..AUTO
- MFD Pump Status Indication.............
..........................................CHECK ON
- Associated Engine.................START
During associated engine START:
- N2..................................BELOW 56%
- MFD Pump Status Indication..............
...........................................CHECK ON
- N2...................................ABOVE 56%
.........................................CHECK OFF
After associated engine START:
- Associated ENG PUMP SHUTOFF-
Button.......................................PRESS
...........................................CHECK ON
- Associated ENG PUMP SHUTOFF-
Button...................................RELEASE
.........................................CHECK OFF
ATA 29- 2
Sys/Seq
29-10-14 -1 Reservoir refilling check valves 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided Placard MFD
failed valve is removed and plumbing bezel.
plugged.
29-10-14 -2 Reservoir refilling check valves 2 0 C May be inoperative closed. Placard MFD
bezel.
29-10-16 -1 Pressure ground connection 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative open pro- Placard MFD
check valves vided the failed valve is removed and bezel.

plumbing plugged.
29-10-16 -2 Pressure ground connection 2 0 C May be inoperative closed. Placard MFD
check valves bezel.
29-10-19 -1 Engine-driven Pump Pressure 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard MFD Select electric pump switch ON for
Switch (Hydraulic System 1) a) Pressure indication and electric bezel. takeoff and landing. The affected pump
must be turned off during cruise after
pump switch operate normally, gear retraction and back o
b) Electric pump is selected ON for
takeoff and landing, and OFF dur- Pressure Indication and Electric Pump
ing flight, and Pressure Switch check:
Before Associated Engine Start:
c) Pressure switch is removed and - Associated ELEC PUMP Knob.........OFF
pressure switch port is plugged in - MFD 1 or 2 ............................HYD PAGE
case of fluid leakage. - MFD Pump Status Indication ......CHECK
OFF
- MFD Hyd. Pressure Indication....CHECK
AROUND
ZERO
- Associated ELEC PUMP Knob...........ON
- MFD Pump Status Indication......CHECK
ON
- MFD Hyd. Pressure Indication....CHECK
WITHIN
2900 ± 200 psig
- Associated ELEC PUMP knob.........OFF
ATA 29- 3
Sys/Seq
29-30-00 -1 Hydraulic fluid quantity indications 2 1 C (M) (O) One may be inoperative pro- Placard MFD Maintenance action required
(including low level warning) vided: bezel. before each flight.
a) Associated fluid quantity is verified
to be normal before each depar- Verify completion of maintenance
ture, and action prior to departure.
b) Hydraulic pressure indication is
available and is monitored
throughout flight. Monitor hydraulic pressure indica-
tion throughout each affected

flight.
29-30-01 -1 Reservoir quantity gauges 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard affected Maintenance action required
a) Fluid quantity is verified by other gauge. before each flight.
means before each departure,
and Verify completion of maintenance
b) Pressure indication is operating action prior to departure.
normally.
29-30-02 -1 Hydraulic pressure indications 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative provided Placard MFD Ensure hydraulic fluid quantity
associated hydraulic fluid quantity bezel. indications operate normally.
indication operates normally.
ATA 29- 4
Sys/Seq
29-30-04 -1 Electric Pump Pressure Switch 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard MFD Pressure Indication and Engine Driven
(Hydraulic System 1) Pump Pressure Switch check:
a) Pressure indication and engine- bezel. Before associated engine start:
driven pump switch operate nor- - Associated ELEC PUMP Knob.........OFF
mally, and - MFD 1 or 2 ............................HYD PAGE
b) Pressure switch is removed and - MFD Pump Status Indication....CHECK
OFF
pressure switch port is plugged in - MFD Hyd. Pressure Indication....CHECK
case of fluid leakage. AROUND
ZERO
- Associated ELEC PUMP Knob......AUTO

- MFD Pump Status Indication.....CHECK
ON
- MFD Hyd. Pressure Indication ...CHECK
WITHIN
2900 ± 200 psig
During associated engine start:
- N2......................................BELOW 56%
- MFD Pump Status Indication .....CHECK
ON
- N2.......................................ABOVE 56%
- MFD Pump Status Indication ...CHECK
OFF
After associated engine start:
- Associated ENG PUMP SHUTOFF
Button.........................................PRESS
- MFD Pump Status Indication .... CHECK
ON
(after pressure drops to 1600 psig)
- Associated ENG PUMP SHUTOFF
Button....................................RELEASE
- MFD Pump Status Indication....CHECK
OFF
NOTE: After pressing the ENG PUMP
SHUTOFF Button, pressure will take a
while to drop to a value at which the Elec-
tric Pump will be automatically switched
ON. This value can be as low as 1250 psig.
ATA 29- 5

ATA 29- 6
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 30: Ice and Rain Protection Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
30-11-00 -1 Wing anti-icing system 1 0 C May be inoperative provided airplane Placard ice pro-
is not operated in known or fore- tection panel.
casted icing conditions.
30-11-01 -1 Wing anti-icing valves 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard wing
a) Valve is secured closed, and anti-icing button.
b) Airplane is not operated in known
or forecasted icing conditions.

30-11-02 -1 Wing anti-icing valve OPEN light 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided sys- Placard ice pro-
tem is verified to operate normally. tection panel.
30-11-02 -2 Wing anti-icing valve OPEN light 1 0 C May be inoperative provided air- Placard ice pro-
planes is not operated in known or tection panel.
forecasted icing conditions.
30-12-00 -1 Stabilizer anti-icing system 1 0 C May be inoperative provided airplane Placard ice pro-
is not operated in known or fore- tection panel.
casted icing conditions.
30-12-01 -1 Stabilizer anti-icing valve 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard stabi-
a) Valve is secured closed, and lizer anti-icing
b) Airplane is not operated in known button.
30-12-02 -1 Stabilizer anti-icing valve OPEN 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided sys- Placard above
light tem is verified to operate normally. stabilizer anti-
icing button.
30-12-02 -2 Stabilizer anti-icing valve OPEN 1 0 C May be inoperative provided airplane Placard above
light is not operated in known or fore- stabilizer anti-
casted icing conditions. icing button.
ATA 30- 1
Sys/Seq
30-21-00 -1 Engine anti-icing systems 2 1 C May be inoperative provided: Placard ice pro-
a) Affected A/I pushbutton is posi- tection panel.
tioned to OFF prior to departure,
and
or forecast icing conditions.
NOTE: The message Eng A/ICE

OVERPRES may be present.
30-21-00 -2 Engine anti-icing systems 2 0 B May be inoperative for day VMC pro- Placard ice pro-
vided: tection panel.
a) Affected A/I pushbutton is posi-
tioned to OFF prior to departure,
and
or forecast icing conditions.
NOTE: The message Eng A/ICE

OVERPRES may be present.
ATA 30- 2
Sys/Seq
30-21-01 -1 Engine anti-icing valves 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard engine T/O Mode must be used.
anti-icing button.
NOTE: The Ice Detection Over-
a) Valve is secured open, and ride Knob must be set to ENG dur-
b) POH penalties are applied. ing all flight phases to inhibit the
message E1 (2) A/ICE FAIL on
NOTE: The message ENG A/ICE EICAS. If the message still per-
OVERPRES may be present. sists, report to maintenance per-
sonnel.

NOTE: If not in icing conditions you With the EAV locked open, the
may also see EICAS message “NO minimum and maximum tempera-
ICE-A/ICE ON”. ture limitations and the altitude lim-
itations for Anti-Ice in the manual
position (mode) do not apply.
The Cruise Tables and the Altitude

Capability tables published in the
Supplemental Performance Man-
ual must used for flight planning
calculations when the EAV is
locked in the open position.
Takeoff Data Setting: During

takeoff data setting, select the
ANTI-ICE ON to inhibit the mes-
sage ENG REF A/I DISAG on
EICAS
Takeoff Weights Corrections:
Reduce the Runway Limit Weight
on the Takeoff Performance Chart
by 508lb.
ATA 30- 3
Sys/Seq
30-21-01 -2 Engine anti-icing valves 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided air- Placard engine
plane is not operated in known or anti-icing button.
30-21-02 -1 Engine anti-icing valve OPEN light 2 1 C (M) One may be inoperative provided Placard ice pro-
system is verified to operate nor- tection panel.
mally.
30-21-02 -2 Engine anti-icing valve OPEN light 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided air- Placard ice pro-

plane is not operated in known or tection panel.
30-31-00 -1 Pitot /Static Heating Systems 3 2 C (M) One may be inoperative pro- Placard ice pro- Note: Maintenance procedure 30-
vided: tection panel. 31-00 (-1) may be flight crewmem-
a) Standby and remaining pitot/static ber accomplished. See page MX
heating systems operate normal- 30-17 in the Maintenance Proce-
ly, and dures section of the CHQ 135/145
b) Airplane is not operated in visible series MEL.
moisture or in known or forecast
icing conditions. Note: This deactivation procedure
may be accomplished by the flight
trol.
30-32-01 -1 AOA sensor heating systems 2 1 B One may be inoperative provided air- Placard affected
plane is not operated in known or AOA heating
forecasted icing conditions. button.
30-33-01 -1 TAT probe heating systems 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided air- Placard affected
plane is not operated in known or TAT heating but-
forecasted icing conditions. ton.
ATA 30- 4
Sys/Seq
30-41-00 -1 Windshield wipers 2 0 C May be inoperative provided airplane Placard associ-
is not operated in precipitation within ated windshield
5 nautical miles of the airport of take- wiper selector
off or intended landing. knob.
30-41-00 -2 Windshield wipers 2 0 C May be inoperative provided high Placard associ-

speed operates normally. ated windshield
Low speed wiper selector

knob.
30-41-00 -3 Windshield wipers 2 0 C May be inoperative provided low Placard associ-
speed operates normally. ated windshield
High speed wiper selector
knob.
30-41-00 -4 Windshield Wipers 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard associ- Crewmembers should ascertain
blades can be positioned providing ated windshield prior to flight that the position of the
Parking mode an acceptable field of vision to flight wiper selector blade(s) does not obstruct vision
crew. knob. so as to cause an unsafe condi-
tion.
30-41-00 -5 Windshield wipers 2 0 C May be inoperative. Placard associ-
ated windshield
Timer mode wiper selector
knob.
ATA 30- 5
Sys/Seq
30-42-02 -1 Windshield heating systems 2 1 C (M) (O) One may be inoperative pro- Placard Icing This deactivation procedure may
vided: control panel. be accomplished by the flight
a) Affected windshield heating sys- crew, under direct, verbal commu-
tem is deactivated, and nications with Maintenance Con-
b) Airplane is not operated in known trol.
Do not operate aircraft in known or

30-80-00 -1 Ice detectors 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative. Placard ice Set the ice detection override knob
detection over- to ALL position at the first visible or
ride knob. anticipated icing condition
NOTE: Icing conditions may exist

inflight when Total Air Tempera-
ture (TAT) is 10 degrees C (50
degrees) or below and visible
moisture in any form is present
(such as clouds, fog with visibility
of one mile or less, rain, snow,
sleet, and ice crystals).
For ice protection test A, as

described on Pilot Operating
Handbook(POH) Chapter 4(Sec-
tion “Taxing out”),the messages
ICE DET 1 FAIL, ICE DET 2 FAIL
and ICE DETECTORS FAIL may
be present.
ATA 30- 6
Sys/Seq
30-80-00 -2 Ice detectors 2 0 B (O) Both may be inoperative pro- Placard ice Set the ice detection override knob
vided alternate procedures are detection over- to ALL position at the first visible or
established and used ride knob. anticipated icing condition.
NOTE: Icing conditions may exist

inflight when Total Air Tempera-
ture (TAT) is 10 degrees C (50
degrees) or below and visible

moisture in any form is present
(such as clouds, fog with visibility
of one mile or less, rain, snow,
sleet, and ice crystals).
For ice protection test A, as

described on Pilot Operating
Handbook(POH) Chapter 4(Sec-
tion “Taxing out”),the messages
ICE DET 1 FAIL, ICE DET 2 FAIL
and ICE DETECTORS FAIL may
be present.
ATA 30- 7

ATA 30- 8
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 31: Indicating / Recording Systems Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
31-21-01 -1 Clocks 1 0 C May be inoperative provided pilot’s Placard affected
Copilot’s clock clock operates normally. clock.
31-21-01 -2 Clocks 1 0 A May be inoperative provided: Placard affected

Pilot’s clock a) Flight data recorder (FDR) is con- clock.
sidered inoperative
b) Copilot’s clock operates normally,
and

c) Repairs are made within three
flight days.
31-30-01 -1 Flight data recorder (FDR) system 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard near If the aircraft is departing CMH or
a) Cockpit voice recorder (CVR) op- clock’s multiple SDF, a maintenance action is
erates normally, selector. required before flight.
b) Airplane is not dispatched from ei-
ther CMH or SDF unless: If the aircraft is departing CMH or
1. The FDR failure occurs after SDF, verify completion of mainte-
push-back but prior to takeoff, nance action prior to departure.
or
2. The FDR repair was attempted
but was not successful,
c) In those cases where repair is at-
tempted but not successful, the
aircraft may be dispatched on a
flight or series of flights until the
next designated airport where re-
pair must be accomplished prior to
dispatch, and
d) Repairs are made within three
flight days.
ATA 31- 1
Sys/Seq
31-30-01 -2 Flight data recorder (FDR) system 1 0 A May be inoperative provided: Placard near
FDR recording parameters a) Cockpit voice recorder (CVR) op- clock’s multiple
required by FAR 121 Appendix M erates normally, and selector.
b) Repairs are made within 20 calen-
dar days.
31-30-01 -3 Flight data recorder (FDR) system 1 0 A May be inoperative provided repairs Placard near
FDR recording parameters not are made prior to the completion of clock’s multiple

required by FAR 121 Appendix M the next heavy maintenance visit. selector.
31-42-02 -1 Integrated computer configuration 2 1 B One may be inoperative with EICAS Placard next to
module (IM-600) message IC 1(2) CONFIG FAIL dis- EICAS display.
played provided the EICAS mes-
sages CONFIG MISMATCH or CHK
IC CONFIG are not displayed.
31-51-00 -1 Aural warning unit 2 1 C May be inoperative. Placard next to

Channels master warning
light.
31-51-02 -1 Master warning lights / buttons 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided Placard associ-
Lights master warning aural alert operates ated light.
normally.
31-51-02 -2 Master warning lights / buttons 2 1 C May be inoperative. Placard associ-

Alarm cancel functions ated light.
31-51-03 -1 Master caution lights / buttons 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided Placard associ-
Lights master caution aural alert operates ated light.
normally.
ATA 31- 2
Sys/Seq
31-51-03 -2 Master caution lights / buttons 2 1 C May be inoperative. Placard associ-
Alarm cancel functions ated light.

ATA 31- 3

ATA 31- 4
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08 System 32: Landing Gear Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
32-33-02 -1 Landing gear control lever latch 1 0 B (M) (O) May be inoperative in the Placard landing After takeoff, use the downlock
system latched position provided: gear control box. release button to actuate the land-
a) Downlock release mechanism op- ing gear lever to UP.
erates normally, and
b) LG AIR/GND FAIL message is not
present.
32-40-01 -1 Brake temperature indications 4 3 C (M) One may be inoperative provided Placard MFD

the affected brake temperature sen- bezel.
sor is deactivated.
32-40-01 -2 Brake temperature indications 4 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard MFD Comply with the Quick Turnaround
a) Affected Brake Temperature Sen- bezel. Chart in Chart - 8 of this MEL.
sors are deactivated, and
b) Quick Turnaround Chart is com-
plied with. (Reference Chart - 8 in
this MEL).
32-41-08 -1 Brake pressure transducers 4 3 B (M) One may be inoperative with the Placard MFD
BRAKE DEGRADED caution mes- bezel.
sage present provided:
a) Only the respective PRESS
TRASNDUCER FAIL message is
present on the brake system por-
tion of the CMC
b) External leakage is not present,
and
c) Affected brake pressure transduc-
er is deactivated.
ATA 32- 1
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08 System 32: Landing Gear Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
32-44-05 -1 Accumulator low pressure switch 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided Placard on
accumulator charge is verified to be EICAS bezel.
normal once each flight day.
32-44-07 -1 BRAKE ON lights 1 0 B (M) May be inoperative provided Placard affected

Cockpit light emergency / parking brake system light.
operates normally.
32-44-07 -2 BRAKE ON lights 1 0 C May be inoperative. Placard next to

Ramp light switch.
32-49-00 -1 Assembly wear indicator 8 4 C One per brake assembly may be Placard next to
inoperative. MFD bezel.
32-50-00 -1 External steering disengagement 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard next to Prior to beginning taxi, engage
switch nose wheel steering operates nor- switch. nose wheel steering with the tiller
mally. and verify amber STEER INOP
EICAS message is not present.
32-50-02 -1 Control wheel steering disengage 2 1 C (M) (O) Pilot’s disengage button may Placard next to Disengage the system with the
buttons be inoperative provided copilot’s dis- inoperative but- copilot’s nose wheel steering but-
engage button operates normally. ton. ton.
32-60-00 -1 Landing gear proximity switches 19 13 B (M) One up lock proximity switch and Placard MFD
one down lock proximity switch may bezel.
be inoperative in each landing gear
leg.
NOTE: Proximity switches include:
air/ground, up lock, down lock, 7
degree steering, and nose landing
gear door sequence.
ATA 32- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 33: Lights Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
33-10-00 -1 Cockpit / flight deck / flight com- 1 - C Individual lights may be inoperative Placard associ-
partment and instrument lighting provided remaining lights are: ated light or
system a) Sufficient to clearly illuminate all switch.
required instruments, controls,
and other devices for which they
are provided
b) Positioned so that direct rays are
shielded from flight crewmembers’

eyes, and
c) Lighting configuration and intensi-
ty is acceptable to the flight crew.
33-20-00 -1 Cabin interior illumination system 1 0 C Individual lights may be inoperative Placard the
(Individual Lighting) provided remaining lighting is suffi- cabin lighting
cient for cabin attendant to perform control buttons
assigned duties. at the atten-
dant’s panel.
33-21-02 -1 Cockpit sterile light 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard sterile Sterile cockpit will automatically
(Contact Maintenance Control for alternate procedures are established light button. begin with closing the cockpit door
aircraft configuration) and used. before engine start and end with
the “Through 10,000 feet”
announcement. During descent,
the announcement “FA, prepare
cabin for landing” signals the
beginning of sterile cockpit.
The crew will follow all other stan-

dard communication signals
throughout the flight.
ATA 33- 1
Sys/Seq
33-23-00 -1 Passenger signs 1 0 C (M) (O) No passenger or attendant Placard the Verify that a passenger is not
seat may be occupied from which a seats affected by seated in a blocked seat.
“No Smoking / Fasten Seat Belt” sign the inoperative
is not readily legible, or that seat signs.
must be blocked and placarded “DO
NOT OCCUPY”.
33-23-00 -2 Passenger signs 1 0 C (O) If one or more “No Smoking / Placard the Prior to each flight the Captain

Fasten Seat Belt” signs are inopera- seats affected by must verify that the Passenger
tive, the affected passenger seat(s) the inoperative Address system operates normally
or cabin attendant’s seat may be signs. and the flight attendant is briefed
occupied provided: that this system must be used to
a) The passenger address system notify the Flight Attendant and
operates normally and can be passengers when seat belts must
clearly heard throughout the cabin be used, and smoking is prohib-
during flight, and ited.
b) The passenger address system is
used to notify the cabin attendant
and passengers when seat belts
should be fastened and when
smoking is prohibited.
33-26-00 -1 Courtesy and stairs lighting sys- 1 0 C May be inoperative provided suffi- Placard courtesy
tem cient light is available at the stairs lights panel.
region.
33-30-00 -1 Compartment lights 1 0 C May be inoperative. Placard next to

MFD Bezel.
Nose landing gear compartment
light
ATA 33- 2
Sys/Seq
MFD Bezel.
Forward electronic compartment
light

MFD Bezel.
Cockpit underfloor compartment

light

MFD Bezel.
Baggage compartment lights

MFD Bezel.
Rear electronic compartment light

MFD Bezel.
Tail cone compartment light

MFD Bezel.
Fuel panel compartment light
ATA 33- 3
Sys/Seq
33-41-00 -1 Landing lights 3 2 C (M) One may be inoperative for night Placard affected This deactivation procedure may
operations. landing light be accomplished by the flight
a) Deactivate affected landing light switch. crew, under direct, verbal commu-
circuit. nications with Maintenance Con-
trol.
NOTE: If the LH or RH landing
light(s) are deferred by direction of
EAE57011 (Cracked landing light

lens), then the following P/N covers
are to be installed in place of the
landing light lens:
LH: P/N 33-41-00L
RH: P/N 33-41-00R
33-41-00 -2 Landing lights 3 0 C (M) May be inoperative for day oper- Placard affected This deactivation procedure may
ations. landing light be accomplished by the flight
a) Deactivate affected landing light switch. crew, under direct, verbal commu-
circuit. nications with Maintenance Con-
trol.
NOTE: If the LH or RH landing
light(s) are deferred by direction of
EAE57011 (Cracked landing light
lens), then the following P/N covers
are to be installed in place of the
landing light lens:
LH: P/N 33-41-00L
RH: P/N 33-41-00R
ATA 33- 4
Sys/Seq
33-41-00 -3 Landing lights 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided light Placard affected Manually turn the light off after
is manually turned off after gear landing light gear retraction.
Nose landing gear automatic retraction. switch.
extinguishing function
33-42-00 -1 Taxi light 2 1 C One may be inoperative. Placard taxi

lights switch.

33-42-00 -2 Taxi light 2 0 C May be inoperative provided nose Placard taxi
landing light is operating normally. lights switch.
33-42-00 -3 Taxi light 2 0 C May be inoperative for day opera- Placard taxi
tions. lights switch.
33-42-00 -4 Taxi light 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided light Placard taxi Manually turn the light off after
is manually turned off after gear lights switch. gear retraction.
Automatic extinguishing system retraction.
33-43-00 -1 Navigation lights - 4 C (M) Any light may be inoperative pro- Placard Nav light This deactivation procedure may
vided one green light, one red light switch. be accomplished by the flight
and two white lights operate nor- crew, under direct, verbal commu-
mally. nications with Maintenance Con-
trol.
33-43-00 -2 Navigation lights - 0 C May be inoperative for day opera- Placard Nav light
tions. switch.
33-43-00 -3 Navigation Lights 4 0 C May be inoperative provided associ- Placard Nav light
ated strobe light operates normally. switch.
Tail boom white navigation lights
ATA 33- 5
Sys/Seq
33-44-00 -1 Wing inspection lights 2 0 C May be inoperative provided ground Placard INSP
deicing procedures do not require light switch.
their use.
33-46-00 -1 Logo lights 2 0 D May be inoperative. Placard LOGO

light switch.
33-47-03 -1 Strobe lights 3 0 C May be inoperative provided red Placard
beacon operates normally. STROBE switch.

33-47-03 -2 Strobe lights 3 0 C May be inoperative for day opera- Placard
tions. STROBE switch.
33-47-05 -1 Red beacon lights 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard RED Flight crew to ensure that strobe
a) Beacon switch is positioned to ON BCN light switch. lights are operational prior to each
prior to engine start, and flight, and Position Beacon switch
b) Strobe lights operate normally. to the ON position prior to engine
start.
33-47-05 -2 Red beacon lights 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative for day oper- Placard RED Flight crew will position Beacon
ations provided beacon switch is BCN light switch. switch to the ON position prior to
positioned to ON prior to engine engine start.
start.
NOTE: The rotating beacon switch

will be positioned to ON before
engine start to turn the FDR on.
33-48-00 -1 Baggage door external light 1 0 C May be inoperative. Placard in clear

view of the pilot’s
PFD bezel.
ATA 33- 6
Sys/Seq
33-50-00 -1 Emergency lighting system (Bat- 4 0 C May be inoperative for day opera- Placard emer-
tery powered) tions. gency light
switch.
External lights
33-50-00 -2 Emergency lighting system (Bat- 6 4 C Up to two individual strips may be Placard emer-
tery powered) inoperative provided: gency light
a) They are not adjacent, and switch.

Floor proximity strips b) They are not used as an exit loca-
tor (amber light).
EMB135LR
33-50-00 -3 Emergency lighting system (Bat- 8 6 C Up to two individual strips may be Placard emer-
tery powered) inoperative provided: gency light
a) They are not adjacent, and switch.
Floor proximity strips b) They are not used as an exit loca-
tor (amber light).
EMB135KL (140) , EMB145LR
and EMB145MP
ATA 33- 7

ATA 33- 8
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 34: Navigation Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
34-22-01 -1 Main panel displays 5 4 B (M) (O) Non-flying pilot’s MFD may Placard the This deactivation procedure may
be inoperative. affected display. be accomplished by the flight
NOTE: Ensure aircraft is flown from nications with Maintenance Con-
side with operating MFD. trol.
If the non-flying pilot PFD display

becomes inoperative, revert the

onside MFD display to PFD dis-
play, switching the MFD Selector
Knob on the Reversionary Panel
to PFD position.
The flying pilot PFD and MFD must

be operative.
34-22-01 -2 Main panel displays 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided Placard MFD
opposite MFD works normally. bezel.
MFD bezel
34-22-02 -1 TAT indications 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative. Placard MFD Monitor the operative TAT indica-
bezel. tion.
34-22-03 -1 SAT indications 2 1 C One may be inoperative. Placard MFD

bezel.
ATA 34- 1
Sys/Seq
34-24-01 -1 Standby attitude indication (on 1 0 B May be inoperative provided: Placard standby
Integrated Standby Instrument a) Operations are conducted in Day attitude indica-
(ISIS) or on dedicated instrument) VMC only, and tor.
b) Operations are not conducted into
known or forecast VFR-over-the-
top conditions.
34-25-01 -1 Standby magnetic compass 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard standby Ensure two directional gyros OPS

a) Any combination of two gyro or magnetic com- normally and two navigation radios
INS (IRU) stabilized compass sys- pass. OPS normally along with maintain-
tems operate normally, and ing flight and positive radar con-
b) Airplane is operated with dual in- tact.
dependent navigation capability
and under positive radar control
by ATC on the enroute portion of
the flight.
34-25-01 -2 Standby magnetic compass 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative for flights that Placard standby Verify that at least two directional
are entirely within areas of magnetic magnetic com- gyros are functioning as well as
unreliability provided at least two sta- pass. two nav radios.
bilized directional gyro systems are
installed, operate normally, and used
in conjunction with approved free
gyro navigation techniques.
ATA 34- 2
Sys/Seq
34-31-00 -1 Radio altimeter system 1 0 A (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard in clear a) Can not shoot an approach that
a) Approach minimums or operating view of the Cap- requires the use of the radio al-
Single radio altimeter installation procedures do not require it’s use, tain or the #1 timeter.
(Contact Maintenance Control for b) GPWS/EGPWS is considered in- PFD bezel. b) Be aware of the terrain elevation
aircraft configuration). operative, for the area of the effected
c) TCAS is considered inoperative, flight.
d) Radio altimeter is deactivated, and c) Monitor Altimeters.
e) Repairs are made within two flight

days.
34-31-00 -2 Radio altimeter system 2 1 C (M) (O) Radio altimeter 2 may be Placard in clear a) Can not shoot an approach that
inoperative provided: view of the First requires the use of the radio al-
Dual radio altimeter installation a) Approach minimums or operating Officer or the #2 timeter.
(Contact Maintenance Control for procedures do not require its use, PFD bezel.
aircraft configuration). and
b) Radio altimeter 2 is deactivated.
34-31-00 -3 Radio altimeter system 2 0 A (M) (O) Radio altimeter 1 or both may Placard in clear a) Can not shoot an approach that
be inoperative provided: view of the pilots requires the use of the radio al-
Dual radio altimeter installation a) Approach minimums or operating or the effected timeter.
(Contact Maintenance Control for procedures do not require its use, PFD bezel(s). b) Be aware of the terrain elevation
b) GPWS/EGPWS is considered infor the area of the effected
aircraft configuration) flight.
operative,
c) TCAS is considered inoperative if c) Monitor Altimeters.
both radio altimeters are inopera-
tive,
d) Affected radio altimeter(s) is deac-
tivated, and
e) Repairs are made within two flight
days.
ATA 34- 3
Sys/Seq
34-31-01 -1 Altitude alerter function 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard on PFD Monitor altimeters closely.
a) Autopilot with altitude hold is oper- bezel.
ative, Ensure the aircraft is not operated
b) Enroute operations do not require -and- in RVSM airspace.
its use,
c) Repairs are made within three Rotate the
flight days, and RVSM placard
d) Aircraft is not operated in RVSM on the instru-

airspace and is not considered to ment panel so
be RVSM compliant.
that the side with
“Non-RVSM” is
showing.
ATA 34- 4
Sys/Seq
34-31-02 -1 Altitude Preselect Function 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard on PFD Ensure the aircraft is not operated
a) Autopilot with altitude hold is oper- bezel. in RVSM airspace.
ative,
General information:
b) Enroute operations do not require -and- - With altitude preselect function inop-
its use, erative, the altitude preselect display
c) Alternate procedures are estab- Rotate the on PFD may present dashes, zero or
lished and used, a fixed altitude value.
RVSM placard - Pilots should use the Altitude Hold
d) Flight Level Change (FLC) mode on the instru- mode to capture the desired altitude

is not used, ment panel so during climb and descent operations.
e) Go Around buttons on the thrust that the side with Normal altitude callout procedure will
levers are not used, be used.
“Non-RVSM” is - Flight Level Change mode must not
f) Altitude alerter function is not used, showing. be used and will be considered inop-
g) Repairs are made within three erative.
flight days, and - Go-Around buttons must not be used
h) Aircraft is not operated in RVSM and will be considered inoperative.
airspace and is not considered to
be RVSM compliant. NOTE:
- If dashes are presented on the alti-
tude preselect display on PFD, it will
be understood as zero-feet altitude
by the Flight Director.
- Pilots must be warned that, if a fixed
altitude value is presented on the al-
titude preselect display on the PFD,
the airplane may capture this altitude
when reaching it.
Continued...........................
ATA 34- 5
Sys/Seq
34-31-02 -1 Altitude Preselect Function Continued...........................
Altitude Hold Mode Check:

With airplane on the ground and ener-
gized:
Flight Director..........................ON
HDG mode......................SELECT
Check HDG and PIT label annunciated
on the PFD.
SPD mode.......................SELECT

Check command bar moving on the
PFD.
ALT mode........................SELECT
Check command bar capturing present
altitude and the ALT green label pre-
sented on the PFD.
Takeoff procedure:
Since Go-Around buttons cannot be
used, pilots must perform the Takeoff
Submode manually using the Touch
Control Steering Button (TCS).
Selecting just a lateral mode (HDG or

NAV) will activate the basic vertical
mode (PIT). At rotation, keep the TCS
button pressed to command pitch atti-
tude of 14 degrees (for flaps at 9
degrees), 13 degrees (for flaps at 18
degrees), or 12 degrees (for flaps at 22
degrees). Once the pitch value is
reached, the TCS button must be
released and the Flight Director will
maintain the set pitch until a new verti-
cal mode is selected.
Continued...........................
ATA 34- 6
Sys/Seq
34-31-02 -1 Altitude Preselect Function Continued...........................
Go-around procedure:
During go-around procedure autopilot
must be disengaged and go-around
buttons must not be used. Flight Direc-
tor must be reverted to basic mode
(ROL and PIT) and pilots will perform
the Go-Around mode manually using
the Touch Control Steering Button

(TCS).
While keeping the TCS button pressed,

pilots will command a pitch attitude for
an airspeed around VGA9. Once a posi-
tive rate of climb has been achieved,
pilots will set a pitch of 10 degrees nose
up and release the TCS button. This
constant pitch attitude must be main-
tained for at least 20 seconds. After
that, the IAS Speed Hold must be
selected following the go-around speed
preselected on the airspeed bug with
limitation at VGA9.
34-32-00 -1 VOR / ILS systems 2 1 C #1 VOR must be operative. Placard in clear

view of the pilot’s
(VOR) bezel.
34-32-00 -2 VOR / ILS systems 2 0 C May be inoperative provided Placard in clear

approach minimums do not require view of the pilot’s
Instrument landing system (ILS) its use. bezel.
ATA 34- 7
Sys/Seq
34-32-00 -3 VOR / ILS systems 2 1 C May be inoperative provided Placard in clear
approach minimums do not require view of the pilot’s
Marker beacon system its use. bezel.
34-41-00 -1 Ground proximity warning system 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard GPWS If the Mode 4A (reference AOM
a) Alternate procedures are estab- lights. Vol II 02-04) is affected, the land-
Enhanced GPWS (EGPWS) lished and used, and ing gear aural warning must be
b) Repairs are made within two flight checked as follows:

days.
- Energize the airplane
- Set thrust levers at IDLE position
- Pull the LDG Gear (A6 and A28)
circuit breakers
- Check the voice messages
“LANDING GEAR”
- Monitor the altimeters closely
- Return the airplane to its normal
configuration
ATA 34- 8
Sys/Seq
34-41-00 -2 Ground proximity warning system 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard GPWS If the Mode 4A (reference AOM
(EGPWS) a) Alternate procedures are estab- lights. Vol II 02-04) is affected, the land-
lished and used, and ing gear aural warning must be
Modes 1-4 b) Repairs are made within two flight checked as follows:
days.
- Energize the airplane
- Set thrust levers at IDLE position
- Pull the LDG Gear (A6 and A28)

circuit breakers
- Check the voice messages
“LANDING GEAR”
- Monitor the altimeters closely
- Return the airplane to its normal
configuration
34-41-00 -3 Ground proximity warning system 1 0 A May be inoperative provided: Placard GPWS
(EGPWS) a) GPWS is considered inoperative, lights.
and
Test mode b) Repairs are made within two flight
days.
34-41-00 -4 Ground proximity warning system 2 0 B May be inoperative. Placard GPWS

(EGPWS) lights.
Glideslope deviation (Mode 5)
34-41-00 -5 Ground proximity warning system 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard GPWS Monitor the altimeters closely.
(EGPWS) alternate procedures are established lights.
and used.
Advisory callouts
ATA 34- 9
Sys/Seq
34-41-00 -6 Ground proximity warning system 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided Placard PFD Monitor the altimeters closely.
(EGPWS) alternate procedures are established bezel.
and used. Review windshear escape maneu-
Windshear warning and flight ver located in P.O.H.
guidance system (Reactive) NOTE: Operator’s alternate proce-
dures should include reviewing wind- Maintain increased awareness of
(Installations Required by FAR) shear avoidance and windshear flight path and search for clues
recovery procedures. which may indicate the presence

of windshear.
34-41-00 -7 Ground proximity warning system 1 0 C May be inoperative. Placard PFD

(EGPWS) bezel.
Aural alerts
34-41-00 -8 Ground proximity warning system 1 0 C May be inoperative. Placard PFD

(EGPWS) bezel.
Visual Display
ATA 34- 10
Sys/Seq
34-42-00 -1 Weather radar system 1 0 C If weather radar becomes inopera- Placard weather
tive. The flight may be continued but radar control
may not be dispatched or begin a panel.
flight under IFR or night VFR condi-
tions when current weather reports
indicate thunderstorms or other
potentially hazardous conditions
detectable by airborne weather

radar, may reasonably be expected
along the route to be flown.
34-42-00 -2 Weather radar system 1 0 B (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard weather
a) Antenna sweep is parallel to air- radar control
Stabilization function craft pitch axis, and panel.
b) Antenna tilt operates normally.
ATA 34- 11
Sys/Seq
34-42-00 -3 Weather radar system 2 1 C May be inoperative Placard weather
radar control
Control panels (Only airplanes panel.
equipped with 2 panels)
34-43-00 -1 Traffic alert and collision avoid- 1 0 B (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard RMU or This deactivation procedure may
ance system (TCAS II) a) System is deactivated and se- MFD bezel dis- be accomplished by the flight
cured, and play or panel. crew, under direct, verbal commu-

b) Enroute or approach procedures nications with Maintenance Con-
do not require its use. trol.
34-43-00 -2 Traffic alert and collision avoid- 2 1 C (O) May be inoperative on the non- Placard RMU or Pilot on operating side will fly air-
ance system (TCAS II) flying pilot side provided: MFD bezel dis- craft.
a) TA and RA visual display is opera- play or panel.
Combined traffic alert (TA) and tive on flying pilot side, and
resolution alert (RA) dual display b) TA and RA audio function is oper-
systems ative on flying pilot side.
34-43-00 -3 Traffic alert and collision avoid- 2 1 C (O) May be inoperative on non-flying Placard RMU or Pilot on operating side will fly air-
ance system (TCAS II) pilot side. MFD bezel dis- craft.
play or panel.
Resolution advisory (RA) display
system(s)
34-43-00 -4 Traffic alert and collision avoid- 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard RMU or Crew shall select “TA” mode only.
ance system (TCAS II) a) Traffic alert (TA) visual display and MFD bezel dis-
audio functions are operative, play or panel.
Resolution advisory (RA) display b) TA only mode is selected by the
system(s) crew, and
c) Enroute or approach procedures
do not require its use.
ATA 34- 12
Sys/Seq
34-43-00 -5 Traffic alert and collision avoid- 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard RMU or Prior to each flight, crew will test
ance system (TCAS II) a) RA visual display and audio func- MFD bezel dis- system and ensure audio is heard
tions are operative, and play or panel. over speaker. Crew shall also
Traffic alert display system(s) b) Enroute or approach procedures ensure the visual display is visible
do not require its use. on the MFD(s) during the test.
34-51-00 -1 Distance measuring equipment 2 1 D One required under part 121. Placard PFD
(DME) systems bezel.

Aircraft with only 1 DME installed
may not be deferred for Part 121
operations. (Contact Maintenance
Control for aircraft configuration)
34-51-00 -2 Distance measuring equipment 1 0 D May be inoperative for part 91 oper- Placard PFD
(DME) systems ations provided approach minimums bezel.
do not require its use and the aircraft
Aircraft with Single System Con- is operated below 24,000 ft. (MSL).
figuration. (Contact Maintenance
34-51-00 -3 Distance measuring equipment 2 0 D May be inoperative for part 91 oper- Placard PFD
(DME) systems ations provided approach minimums bezel.
do not require its use and the aircraft
Aircraft with Dual System Configu- is operated below 24,000 ft. (MSL).
ration. (Contact Maintenance
ATA 34- 13
Sys/Seq
34-52-00 -1 ATC transponders and automatic 2 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard RMU Prior to flight, ensure dispatch has
altitude reporting systems a) Enroute operations do not require panel. obtained approval from ATC facil-
its use, and ity having jurisdiction over the
b) Prior to flight, approval is obtained -and- planned route of flight.
from ATC facilities having jurisdic-
tion over the planned route of
If both systems If both systems are inoperative,
flight.
are inoperative, ensure the aircraft is not operated
c) If both systems are inoperative, Rotate the in RVSM airspace.

Aircraft is not operated in RVSM
airspace and is not considered to RVSM placard
be RVSM compliant. on the instru-
ment panel so
that the side with
“Non-RVSM” is
showing.
34-53-00 -1 ADF system 1 0 C May be inoperative provided: Placard RMU

a) Navigation or approach procedure panel.
Aircraft with Single System Con- does not require its use.
figuration. (Contact Maintenance
34-53-00 -2 ADF system 2 0 C One or more may be inoperative pro- Placard RMU
vided: panel.
Aircraft with Dual System Configu- a) Navigation or approach procedure
ration. (Contact Maintenance does not require its use.
ATA 34- 14
Sys/Seq
34-56-00 -1 Global positioning system 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard FMS The FMS can still navigate utilizing
alternate procedures are established panel. other sensors, (i.e. DME-DME,
Aircraft with Single System Con- and used. DME-VOR), disregard GPS and
figuration. (Contact Maintenance NO RAIM failure messages and
Control for aircraft configuration) continue with normal operations.
34-56-00 -2 Global positioning system 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard FMS The FMS can still navigate utilizing
alternate procedures are established panel. other sensors, (i.e. DME-DME,

Aircraft with Dual System Configu- and used. DME-VOR), disregard GPS 1/2
ration. (Contact Maintenance and NO RAIM failure messages
Control for aircraft configuration) and continue with normal opera-
tions.
34-60-00 -1 Flight management system - 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard FMS Crew shall navigate using appro-
alternate procedures are established panel. priate airway charts and ground
and used. based navigational facilities and
For all aircraft with, AHRS 900, not accept a flight release or ATC
(Contact Maintenance Control for NOTE: Airplanes equipped with clearances where FMS navigation
aircraft configuration) EGPWS and operating without FMS is required.
will lose the Terrain Clearance Floor
mode. A TERRAIN INOP message When the AHRS 900 is in align-
will be presented on the EICAS. ment mode (AHRS1(2) ALIGN),
MAP/PLAN on MFD #1 changes to
PPOS INIT:
- Select PPOS INIT

- Enter present position coordi-
nates using data set knob
- Press ENTER when complete
ATA 34- 15
Sys/Seq
34-60-00 -2 Flight management system - 0 D (O) May be inoperative provided pro- Placard FMS Crew shall navigate using appro-
cedures do not require its use. panel. priate airway charts and ground
For all aircraft with AHRS 800. based navigational facilities and
(Contact Maintenance Control for NOTE: Airplanes equipped with not accept a flight release or ATC
aircraft configuration) EGPWS and operating without FMS clearances where FMS navigation
will lose the Terrain Clearance Floor is required.
mode. A TERRAIN INOP message
will be presented on the EICAS.

34-60-00 -3 Flight management system 1 0 C (O) May be out of currency Placard FMS Crew shall navigate using appro-
provided: panel. priate airway charts and ground
Navigation database a) Current aeronautical charts are based navigational facilities and
used to verify navigational fixes not accept a flight release or ATC
prior to dispatch, and clearances where FMS navigation
For all aircraft with Single FMS
b) Procedures are established and is required.
used to verify status and suitability
aircraft configuration)
of navigation facilities used to de-
fine route of flight, and
c) Approach navigation radios are
manually tuned and identified.
ATA 34- 16
Sys/Seq
34-60-00 -4 Flight management system 2 0 C (O) May be out of currency Placard FMS Crew shall navigate using appro-
provided: panel. priate airway charts and ground
Navigation database a) Current aeronautical charts are based navigational facilities and
used to verify navigational fixes not accept a flight release or ATC
For all aircraft with Dual FMS prior to dispatch, and clearances where FMS navigation
b) Procedures are established and is required.
aircraft configuration) used to verify status and suitability
of navigation facilities used to de-

fine route of flight, and
c) Approach navigation radios are
manually tuned and identified.
34-60-00 -5 Flight management system 1 0 C May be inoperative. Placard FMS

Joystick panel.
ATA 34- 17

ATA 34- 18
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 35: Oxygen Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
35-11-00 -1 Oxygen pressure indication sys- 2 1 B (O) One may be inoperative provided Placard MFD Check the gauge reading on the
tems an approved procedure is used bezel. oxygen service panel, to be at or
before each departure to ensure that above the minimum required for
oxygen supply is at or above mini- dispatch using oxygen pressure
mum required for flight. correction chart (Chart 5) located
in this manual.
35-20-00 -1 Passenger oxygen system 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard passen- Flight conducted at or below
ger oxygen 10,000 MSL.

a) Altitude limitations and portable
oxygen supplies comply with FAR panel.
requirements
b) All air conditioning packs operate
normally,
c) Pressurization system operates
normally, and
d) Passengers are appropriately
briefed.
35-20-00 -2 Passenger oxygen system 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided: Placard passen- Flight crew shall operate aircraft
a) Manual deployment system oper- ger oxygen below FL 300.
Automatic Presentation system ates normally, and panel.
b) Flight is conducted at or below FL
300.
35-20-00 -3 Passenger oxygen system - 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative without Placard the Ensure passengers do not sit in
flight altitude restriction provided: affected seat(s). the affected seat(s).
Passenger dispensing units a) Affected seats are placarded and
blocked to prevent occupancy,
and
b) Units operate normally at all us-
able lavatory and flight attendant
locations.
ATA 35- 1
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08 System 35: Oxygen Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
35-20-05 -1 Passenger Oxygen System Door - 0 C (O) May be inoperative or missing Placard passen- If the need to open a passenger
Manual Opening Tool provided alternate procedures are ger oxygen oxygen system door arises, Flight
established and used. panel. Attendant will utilize a straightened
paper clip that will be obtained
from the station prior to departing
the gate.
35-21-99 -1 Demo Clip for Passenger Oxygen 1 0 C (O) May be missing for operations at Placard passen- Flight must be conducted at or
Masks or below FL 250. ger oxygen below FL 250.

panel.
35-30-99 -1 Masks for portable Oxygen Bottles 4 2 D (O) One mask may be missing at Placard the Prior to flight, the Flight Attendant
each station that contains a portable pouch that con- will ensure there is at least one
oxygen bottle, provided: tains the porta- mask available with each portable
a) At each station that contains a por- ble oxygen bottle oxygen bottle.
table oxygen bottle, one operative masks.
mask must be available.
NOTE: Current Chautauqua config-
urations provide for two masks
located with each portable oxygen
bottle. And 2 portable oxygen bottles
are installed and required, for a total
of 4 masks.
Note: Masks may be redistributed as
needed between the portable oxy-
gen bottles to meet the above
requirements for dispatch.
35-30-99 -2 Portable O2 Bottle Dust Cap 2 0 D May be missing. Placard next to
MFD Bezel.
ATA 35- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 36: Pneumatic Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
36-11-05 -1 Engine bleed systems 2 1 C (M) (O) Left engine bleed system Placard the Do not operate aircraft into known
may be inoperative provided: affected bleed or forecasted icing conditions.
a) Left engine bleed valve is secured air button.
closed,
b) APU bleed is operating normally Coordinate with dispatch that APU
and supplying bleed air, fuel burn has been accounted for
c) Crossbleed valve is closed and as follows:
d) Airplane is not operated in known

100lbs of fuel.

200lbs of fuel.

300lbs of fuel.

of fuel.
ATA 36- 1
Sys/Seq
36-11-05 -2 Engine bleed systems 2 1 C (M) (O) Left engine bleed system Placard the Do not operate aircraft into known
a) Left engine bleed valve is secured air button.
closed, Flight to be conducted at or below
b) When APU is not supplying bleed FL 250.
air, flight is conducted at or below
FL 250, and
c) Airplane is not operated in known

36-11-05 -3 Engine bleed systems 2 1 C (M) (O) Right engine bleed system Placard the Do not operate aircraft into known
a) Right engine bleed valve is se- air button.
cured closed, Flight to be conducted at or below
b) Flight is conducted at or below FL FL 250.
250, and
c) Airplane is not operated in known
ATA 36- 2
Sys/Seq
36-11-05 -4 Engine bleed systems 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard the Use APU to supply bleed air. Do
a) Engine bleed valves are secured affected bleed not operate aircraft above FL 180
closed, air buttons. or in known or forecasted icing
b) APU bleed is operating normally conditions.
and supplying bleed air
c) Flight is conducted at or below
18,000 ft. MSL, and Coordinate with dispatch that APU
d) Airplane is not operated in known fuel burn has been accounted for

or forecasted icing conditions. as follows:
NOTE: For airplanes equipped with
ISIS, at least Pack 2 and Recircula-
tion Fan 2 must be operative or Pack 100lbs of fuel.
1 must be operative.
200lbs of fuel.

300lbs of fuel.

of fuel.
ATA 36- 3
Sys/Seq
36-11-05 -5 Engine bleed systems 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard the Do not operate aircraft above
a) Engine bleed valves are secured affected bleed FL100 or into known or forecasted
(Aircraft not equipped with ISIS) closed, air buttons. icing conditions. Operate aircraft in
b) Flight is conducted at or below unpressurized configuration. Refer
10,000 ft. MSL, to MEL item 21-31-03 (-3) for
c) Flight is conducted in an unpres- unpressurized configuration.
surized configuration,
d) Airplane is not operated in known

or forecasted icing conditions, and
e) Ambient temperature on the
ground is below ISA +21 degrees C.
NOTE: This configuration is not

applicable for airplanes equipped
with ISIS.
36-11-10 -1 Air conditioning panel air button 2 0 B (M) May be inoperative provided Placard affected
red leak indication associated BLD LEAK EICAS mes- Bleed Air Button.
sage operates normally.
36-12-01 -1 APU bleed system 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard APU Flight crew shall ensure the bleed
a) APU bleed shutoff valve is se- bleed button. remains selected OFF and is not
cured closed, used.
b) APU bleed is selected off and not
used, and
c) Utilize alternate air source for en-
gine starting.
36-20-00 -1 BLD APU LEAK warning message 1 0 C May be inoperative provided APU is Placard EICAS
considered inoperative. bezel.
ATA 36- 4
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 38: Water / Waste Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
38-10-00 -1 Water systems 1 0 C (M) Individual components may be Placard inopera-
inoperative provided: tive component
a) Associated components are deac- “Inop”.
tivated or isolated, and
b) Associated components are veri-
fied not to have leaks.
NOTE: any portion of the system

used.
38-10-00 -2 Water systems 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard on the

a) System is drained, and sink “Out of ser-
b) Procedures are established to en- vice”.
sure that system is not serviced.
38-30-00 -1 Lavatory waste systems (Includ- 1 0 C (M) Individual components may be Placard inopera-
ing wheelchair accessible lavato- inoperative provided: tive lavatory
ries) a) Associated components are deac- component
tivated or isolated, and “INOPERA-
b) Associated components are veri- TIVE”.
fied not to have leaks.
NOTE: Any portion of the system

used.
ATA 38- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 38: Water / Waste Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
38-30-00 -2 Lavatory waste systems (Includ- 1 0 C (M) Associated lavatory system(s) Placard lavatory
ing wheelchair accessible lavato- may be inoperative provided: door “INOPERA-
ries) a) Associated components are deac- TIVE - DO NOT
tivated or isolated to prevent USE”.
leaks, and
b) Associated lavatory door(s) is se-
cured closed and placarded “IN-
OPERATIVE - DO NOT USE”.

intended to prohibit inspections by
crewmembers.
ATA 38- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 45: Central Maintenance Computer Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
45-45-01 -1 Control maintenance computer 1 0 C May be inoperative provided mainte- Placard Mainte-
(CMC) nance procedures do not require its nance Panel.
use.

ATA 45- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 45: Central Maintenance Computer Chautauqua Airlines

ATA 45- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 49: Airborne Auxiliary Power Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
49-00-00 -1 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 1 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard APU Ensure no system requires APU
a) APU is deactivated, and control panel. operation: (Ref. Remark / Excep-
b) Procedures are not dependent tion (c)).
upon its use
c) Provided all engine driven genera- This deactivation procedure may
tors operate normally. be accomplished by the flight

trol.
49-70-01 -1 APU OIL LO PRESS caution mes- 1 0 C May be inoperative provided APU is Placard APU
sage used on ground only. control panel.
49-70-02 -1 APU OIL HI TEMP caution mes- 1 0 C May be inoperative provided APU is Placard APU
sage used on ground only. control panel.
49-70-03 -1 APU FAIL caution message 1 0 C May be inoperative provided APU is Placard APU
used on ground only. control panel.
ATA 49- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 49: Airborne Auxiliary Power Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
49-74-01 -1 APU hourmeter function 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided Placard APU
alternate procedures are used to control panel.
accomplish hourmeter function.
NOTE: Chautauqua Record’s

department will track APU hours by
calculating the current aircraft daily
utilization rate, based on current

average aircraft flight hour usage
and the most current APU hour use-
age.
ATA 49- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 52: Doors Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
52-12-00 -1 Main door hydraulic actuation sys- 1 0 B (M) May be inoperative provided Placard on door
tems damping function operates normally. panel.
52-51-00 C & D Aerospace Flight Deck

Security Door (FAR 25.795 Com-
pliant)
-1 Door Latch May be inoperative provided: Placard next to Ensure dead bolt lock is turned to

1 0 A
a) Door dead bolt is operative MFD bezel. the “Key Inop” position.
b) Door dead bolt is used to lock and
unlock the door and
days.
52-51-00 -2 Flight Deck Door Panel Pressure 1 0 A May be inoperative in the latched Placard next to
Relief Latch position provided repairs are made MFD bezel.
within two flight days.
52-51-00 -3 Dead Bolt 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative. Placard next to Ensure door is fully closed and
MFD bezel. locked prior to departure.
52-70-00 -1 Doors warning system (Door Posi- 2 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided Placard MFD Prior to each departure: from
tion Indication On MFD and affected main / service door is veri- and EICAS inside aircraft, with a flashlight
EICAS) fied closed and latched prior to each bezel. ensure that handle lever is down
Main / Service doors departure. and that red marks on door are
aligned.
52-70-00 -2 Doors warning system (Door Posi- 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard MFD Prior to each departure: from out-
tion Indication On MFD and baggage door is verified closed and and EICAS side of aircraft ensure door is
EICAS) latched prior to each departure. bezel. aligned with fuselage and handle
Baggage door is stowed.
ATA 52- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 52: Doors Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
52-70-00 -3 Doors warning system (Door Posi- 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided Placard MFD Maintenance action required before
tion Indication On MFD and affected emergency access hatch is and EICAS each flight.
EICAS) verified closed and latched prior to bezel. Verify completion of maintenance
Emergency access hatches each departure. action prior to departure through com-
munication with Maintenance Control.
This deactivation procedure may be

accomplished by the flight crew, under
direct, verbal communications with

Maintenance Control. Log entry
required for each inspection.
tion Indication On MFD and affected access hatch is verified and EICAS each flight.
EICAS) closed and latched prior to each bezel. Verify completion of maintenance
Access hatches departure. action prior to departure through com-

Maintenance Control.Log entry
tion Indication On MFD and fueling door is verified closed and and EICAS each flight.
EICAS) latched prior to each departure. bezel. Verify completion of maintenance
Fueling door action prior to departure through com-

Maintenance Control.Log entry
ATA 52- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 56: Windows Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
56-10-01 -1 Windshield 2 1 C (M) (O) One window outer glass ply Placard associ- Prior to flight the pilot must ascer-
Glass plies may be cracked or delaminated pro- ated windshield tain that their vision through the
vided: heating button. affected window is acceptable,
a) Visibility through affected window their vision is not impaired through
is acceptable, the remaining windows and the
b) Vision is not impaired through re- aircraft is not operated in known or
maining windows, forecasted icing conditions.
c) Heat to affected window is deacti-

vated, and This deactivation procedure may
d) Airplane is not operated in known be accomplished by the flight
or forecasted icing conditions. crew, under direct, verbal commu-
trol.
ATA 56- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 56: Windows Chautauqua Airlines

ATA 56- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 73: Engine Fuel and Control Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
73-22-01 -1 Engine full authority digital elec- 4 0 A May be dispatched with FADEC Placard power
tronic control (FADEC’s) system faults provided repairs are made in plant control
accordance with times established panel.
System faults by the manufacturer (refer to Rolls-
Royce Maintenance Manual
Short term disp. message CSP340022). No extensions are
authorized.

NOTE: The intent of the 0 in the num-
ber required for dispatch column is to
show that dispatch is allowed with
some faults present in all four
FADEC’s.
E1 (2) SHORT DISP to be repaired

within 150 flight hours from the first
time the fault occurred as recorded
by the time stamp in the CMC.
ATA 73- 1
Sys/Seq
CSP340022). No extensions are
Long term disp. message
authorized.

FADEC’s.
Long Term dispatch faults found dur-

ing CMC download must be repaired
within 500 flight hours from the first
time the fault occurred as recorded
by the time stamp in the CMC.
ATA 73- 2
Sys/Seq
CSP340022). No extensions are
No loss of thrust control faults
authorized.

FADEC’s.
No loss of Thrust control faults found

during CMC download must be
repaired within 120 calendar days.
73-32-01 -1 Engine fuel temperature sensors 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided Placard EICAS Do not operate aircraft in condi-
temperature of fuel in the tank bezel. tions where temperature is 4
remains above 4 degrees C through- degrees C or below.
out the flight.
73-32-01 -2 Engine fuel temperature sensors 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative with fuel tank Placard EICAS Ensure ice inhibitor has been
temperature below 4 degrees C pro- bezel. added to fuel.
vided icing inhibitor is added to the
fuel.
ATA 73- 3
Sys/Seq
73-33-01 -1 E1 (2) Fuel IMP BYP advisory 2 1 C (M) (O) One may be inoperative pro- Placard EICAS Maintenance action required
messages vided: bezel. before each 10 flight hours.
a) Associated engine fuel tempera-
ture sensor is operative, Verify completion of maintenance
b) Malfunction is verified to be in the action prior to departure.
fuel-filter electrical/mechanical im-
pending-bypass indicator or its as-
sociated wiring,

c) Fuel-filter electrical/mechanical
impending-bypass indicator is
checked not extended at least ev-
ery 10 flight hours, and
d) Fuel filter mechanical actual-by-
pass indicator is checked not ex-
tended at least every 10 flight
hours.
73-33-02 -1 Fuel Filters 2 1 A (M) (O) One E1 (2) FUEL IMP BYP Placard EICAS Maintenance action required
advisory message may be displayed bezel. before each 10 flight hours.
per engine provided:
a) Associated fuel-filter mechanical Verify completion of maintenance
actual-bypass indicator is action prior to departure.
checked not extended before
each departure, and
b) Fuel filter is replaced within 10
flight hours..
ATA 73- 4
Sys/Seq
73-40-03 -1 Fuel flow indications 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative pro- Placard EICAS Monitor associated engine param-
vided: bezel. eters throughout the flight.
a) Associated engine parameters are
monitored throughout the flight,
and
b) Both fuel quantity indications oper-
ate normally.

ATA 73- 5

ATA 73- 6
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 74: Ignition Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
74-20-00 -1 Ignition system channels 4 3 B (O) One may be inoperative provided Placard adjacent Place ignition selector knob in
engine is started by positioning the to the appropri- “ON” position prior to engine start.
ignition selector knob to ON. ate ignition knob. After engine is started, place igni-
tion selector knob back to “AUTO”
position.

ATA 74- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 74: Ignition Chautauqua Airlines

ATA 74- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 77: Engine Indicating Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
77-41-02 -1 HP vibration indication 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided Placard EICAS
tactile or audible indications allow bezel.
the vibrating engine to be identified.

ATA 77- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 77: Engine Indicating Chautauqua Airlines

ATA 77- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 78: Engine Exhaust Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
78-30-00 -1 Thrust reversers 2 1 C (M) (O) Any door actuation, lock or Placard control When operating with one thrust
control on one thrust reverser may pedestal. reverser secured stowed, the
(For those aircraft with Thrust be inoperative provided: FADEC of the operative side will
Reversers installed) a) Thrust reverser is not used, and only command reverse thrust if the
a) System is deactivated and se- associated Thrust Lever is
cured stowed. requesting reverse thrust and the
Thrust Lever of the affected side is
NOTE: Reverse thrust operation with set to idle.

one thrust reverser secured closed
will be accomplished only if the oper- Do not use affected thrust
ative thrust lever is set to the reverse reverser.
range and the thrust lever of the
affected side is set to idle.
78-34-00 -1 ENG1 (2) REV DISAGREE mes- 2 1 C (M) (O) May be inoperative on one Placard control When operating with one thrust
sages thrust reverser provided: pedestal. reverser secured stowed, the
a) Affected thrust reverser is not FADEC of the operative side will
used, and only command reverse thrust if the
b) System is deactivated and se- associated Thrust Lever is
cured stowed. requesting reverse thrust and the
Thrust Lever of the affected side is
NOTE: Reverse thrust operation with set to idle.
one thrust reverser secured closed
will be accomplished only if the oper- Do not use affected thrust
ative thrust lever is set to the reverse reverser.
range and the thrust lever of the
ATA 78- 1
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08 System 78: Engine Exhaust Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
78-34-05 -1 Idle Stop (Solenoid) 2 1 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard control When operating with one thrust
a) Thrust reverser is considered in- pedestal. reverser secured stowed, the
operative and FADEC of the operative side will
b) System is deactivated and se- only command reverse thrust if the
cured stowed. associated Thrust Lever is
requesting reverse thrust and the
NOTE: Reverse thrust operation with Thrust Lever of the affected side is
one thrust reverser secured closed set to idle.

will be accomplished only if the oper-
ative thrust lever is set to the reverse Do not use affected thrust
range and the thrust lever of the reverser.
ATA 78- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 79: Engine Oil Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
79-32-01 -1 Low oil pressure switches 2 0 C (M) (O) May be inoperative provided: Placard EICAS PM will monitor the oil pressure
a) Oil pressure indication is available bezel. indication throughout the flight.
and is monitored throughout the
flight, and
b) Engine oil quantity is serviced
each flight day.
79-33-01 -1 Oil level indication systems 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided Placard MFD

engine oil quantity is serviced each bezel.
flight day.
79-34-01 -1 Oil particle sensors 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided the Placard cockpit
oil tank mag plug is visually checked indication.
each flight day.
79-35-01 -1 E1 / 2 OIL IMP BYP messages 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided: Placard cockpit
a) Visual indicator(s) are checked indication.
once each flight day and neither is
found extended, and
b) The CMC is checked each flight
day and the ENG OIL DEBRIS
maintenance message is not
present.
NOTE: The affected E1 (2) OIL IMP

BYP advisory message may be dis-
played.
ATA 79- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 79: Engine Oil Chautauqua Airlines
Sys/Seq
79-35-02 -1 Oil Filters 2 1 A (M) One E1 (2) OIL IMP BYP advi- Placard MFD
sory message may be displayed for bezel.
one engine provided:
a) Maintenance procedures do not
require its replacement, and
b) Oil filter element is replaced in less
than 20 flight hours.

ATA 79- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 80: Starting Chautauqua Airlines

Sys/Seq
80-00-00 -1 Engine Start/Stop switch protec- 2 0 C Placard Start
tion guards control panel.
80-10-02 -1 Starter control valves 2 1 B (M) (O) One may be inoperative Placard Start Flight crew must be in positive
(SCV) closed provided: control panel. contact with maintenance person-
a) Associated EICAS caution mes- nel throughout start.
sage E1(2) ATS SOV OPN oper-
ates normally, and Coordinate Start Control Valve

b) Manual override start procedures (SCV) opening and closing during
are used. engine start:
- Flight crew to notify Mainte-

nance to OPEN SCV immediate-
ly prior to start.
- Verify associated EICAS caution

message E1(2) ATS SOV OPN
illuminates when SCV is
opened.
- Flight crew to notify Mainte-

nance to CLOSE SCV when en-
gine N2 comes to idle value.
- Verify associated EICAS caution

message E1(2) ATS SOV OPN
extinguishes when SCV is
closed.
ATA 80- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 System 80: Starting Chautauqua Airlines

ATA 80- 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 RVSM Chautauqua Airlines
RVSM
Sys/Seq
RVSM RVSM Compliance 1 0 R The aircraft may be operated as Rotate the Ensure the aircraft is not operated
Non-RVSM compliant provided the RVSM placard in RVSM airspace.
aircraft is not operated in RVMS air- on the instru-
space. ment panel so
that the side with

“Non-RVSM” is
showing.
RVSM- 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08 RVSM Chautauqua Airlines

RVSM- 2
Charts
CHQ REV. 12 DATE: 04-15-05
Charts
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Chart 1
Cabin Altitude Into Differential Pressure
CHART 1 - 1
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Chart 1 - 2
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Chart 2

First Aid Kit Minimum Requirements
CHART 2 - 1
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Chart 2 - 2
Charts
CHQ REV. 10 DATE: 05-01-04
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Chart 3

Enhanced Emergency Medical Kit Content Listing
EXTERIOR DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT

1 Blood Pressure Cuff 1 Stethoscope
YELLOW - IV EQUIPMENT
2ea. Needles 18g, 20g, 22g 1 Tape 1''
2ea. Syringes 1cc, 5cc, 10cc 1 Trauma Shears
1 Sharps Shuttle 1 0.9% Normal Saline,
500ml
1 Tourniquet 1ea. IV Catheters: 18g,
20g, 22g
1 Administration tubing 4 Non-Latex Gloves
W/2 Y Connectors
2 Alcohol Prep Pads
CHART 3 - 1
Charts
CHQ REV. 10 DATE: 05-01-04
ORANGE - MEDICATIONS
4 Acetaminophen tablets 2 Atropine 1mg/10ml
325mg (Analgesic)
4 Aspirin Tablets 325mg 2 Epinephrine 1:1,000
1mg/1ml
4 Diphenhydramine HCI 2 Epinephrine 1:10,000
25mg Tablets (Antihista- 0.1mg/ml
mine)
25 Nitroglycerin Tablets 2 Lidocaine 5cc/ml
0.4mg
1 Albuteral Inhalation 1 Dextrose 50% 50cc
Bronchodilator 17g
2 Diphenhydramine
Injectable 50mg/1ml
(Antihistamine)
BLUE - AIRWAY
1 Self-Inflating Manual 3 CPR/Resuscitation
Resuscitation Device Masks (Pediatric,
With Oxygen Supply Small Adult, Large
Tubing Adult)
6 Airways, Oropharyn- 1 One Way CPR Valve
geal (6 Sizes)
Chart 3 - 2
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Chart 4
A. FUEL MEASURING STICK

Two measuring stick under each wing permits to check the fuel
quantity in the tanks. Each measuring stick provides visual indica-
tion of the total fuel quantity of the associated side.
Note: The 145LR/LU, EMB-135 LR, ERJ-140 and EMB-145XR

models has two additional measuring sticks, one for
each tank, under the wing stub.
The table below provides minimum and maximum stick values:
AIRPLANES WITHOUT AIRPLANES WITH

WING STUB TANK WING STUB TANK
STICK POSITION
LITERS US GAL LITERS US GAL
Wing Stub Min -- -- 7 2

Tank
Max -- -- 783 207
Internal Min 448 118 781 206

Point
Max 1553 410 2168 573
External Min 1503 397 2163 571

Point
Max 2131 563 2791 737
CHART 4 - 1
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Measuring Sticks
Chart 4 - 2
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MEASURING STICK TABLES

To determine the fuel quantity, the airplane must be laterally leveled with
roll and pitch angles between 0° to -2°. After refueling the airplane, start at
the external measuring stick, closer to the wing tip. For airplanes without
wing stub tank, between 1503 and 2131 liters (397 and 563 US gal), the
external measuring stick provides a correct fuel level indication. Above
2131 liters (563 US gal), it is not possible to measure the fuel level
through the measuring sticks. If the external measuring stick provides a
zero indication, use the internal measuring stick to obtain the fuel level. It
is also not possible to measure the fuel level through the measuring
sticks, if it is below 448 liters (118 US gal).
For airplanes with wing stub tank, between 2163 and 2791 liters (571 and
737 US gal) the external measuring stick provides a correct fuel level indi-
cation. Above 2791 liters (737 US gal), it is not possible to measure the
fuel level through the sticks. If the external measuring stick provides a
zero indication, use the internal measuring stick to obtain the fuel level.
Between 781 and 2168 liters (206 and 573 US gal) the internal measuring
stick provides a correct fuel level indication. If the internal measuring stick
provides a zero indication, use the wing stub stick to obtain the fuel level.
It is also not possible to measure the fuel level through the measuring
sticks, if it is below 7 liters (2 US gal).
Enter the measuring stick tables with the value read on the stick to obtain
the fuel quantity (liters or US gallons). To find the fuel mass in Kg (lb) mul-
tiply the volume in liters (US gal) by the actual fuel density in Kg/l (lb/US
gal).
NOTE: Do not add measuring sticks values.
CHART 4 - 3
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
FUEL QUANTITY
STICK
INTERNAL STICK EXTERNAL STICK
INDICATION
0.1 448 118 1503 397

0.2 455 120 1516 401
0.3 462 122 1530 404
0.4 469 124 1543 408
0.5 476 126 1556 411
0.6 483 128 1570 415
0.7 490 129 1583 418
0.8 497 131 1597 422
0.9 505 133 1610 425
1.0 512 135 1623 429
1.1 520 137 1637 432
1.2 527 139 1645 435
1.3 535 141 1663 439
1.4 543 143 1677 443
1.5 550 145 1690 447
1.6 558 148 1703 450
1.7 566 150 1717 454
1.8 574 152 1730 457
1.9 582 154 1744 461
2.0 591 156 1757 464
2.1 599 158 1770 468
2.2 607 160 1784 471
2.3 615 163 1797 475
2.4 624 165 1810 478
2.5 632 167 1824 482
2.6 641 169 1837 485
2.7 650 172 1851 489
2.8 658 174 1864 492
Measuring Stick Tables (Sheet 1 of 4)

(Airplanes Without Wing Stub Tanks)
Chart 4 - 4
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
FUEL QUANTITY
STICK
INTERNAL STICK EXTERNAL STICK
INDICATION
2.9 667 176 1877 496

3.0 676 179 1891 499
3.1 685 181 1904 503
3.2 694 183 1917 507
3.3 703 186 1931 510
3.4 712 188 1944 514
3.5 721 191 1957 517
3.6 730 193 1971 521
3.7 740 195 1984 524
3.8 749 198 1998 528
3.9 759 200 2011 531
4.0 768 203 2024 535
4.1 778 205 2037 538
4.2 787 208 2051 542
4.3 797 211 2064 545
4.4 807 213 2078 549
4.5 817 216 2091 552
4.6 827 218 2104 556
4.7 837 221 2118 560
4.8 847 224 2131 563
4.9 857 226 - -
5.0 868 229 - -
5.1 878 232 - -
5.2 888 235 - -
5.3 899 237 - -
5.4 909 240 - -
5.5 920 243 - -
5.6 930 246 - -
5.7 941 249 - -
5.8 952 252 - -

CHART 4 - 5
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
FUEL QUANTITY
STICK
INTERNAL STICK
INDICATION
LITERS US GAL
5.9 963 254

6.0 974 257
6.1 985 260
6.2 996 263
6.3 1007 266
6.4 1018 269
6.5 1030 272
6.6 1041 275
6.7 1052 278
6.8 1064 281
6.9 1076 284
7.0 1087 287
7.1 1099 290
7.2 1111 293
7.3 1123 297
7.4 1134 300
7.5 1146 303
7.6 1159 306
7.7 1171 309
7.8 1183 312
7.9 1195 316
8.0 1208 319
8.1 1220 322
8.2 1232 326
8.3 1245 329
8.4 1258 332
8.5 1270 336
8.6 1283 339
8.7 1296 342
8.8 1309 346

Chart 4 - 6
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
FUEL QUANTITY
STICK
INTERNAL STICK
INDICATION
LITERS US GAL
8.9 1322 349

9.0 1335 353
9.1 1348 356
9.2 1361 360
9.3 1374 363
9.4 1388 367
9.5 1401 370
9.6 1415 374
9.7 1428 377
9.8 1442 381
9.9 1455 385
10.0 1469 388
10.1 1483 392
10.2 1497 395
10.3 1511 399
10.4 1525 403
10.5 1539 407
10.6 1553 410

CHART 4 - 7
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
FUEL QUANTITY
STICK
INDICAT INTERNAL STICK EXTERNAL STICK WING STUB TANK
ION
LITERS US GAL LITERS US GAL LITERS US GAL
0.1 781 206 2163 571 7 2

0.2 794 210 2184 577 14 4
0.3 805 213 2203 582 22 6
0.4 817 216 2220 586 29 8
0.5 827 219 2235 590 36 10
0.6 838 221 2249 594 43 11
0.7 848 224 2263 598 50 13
0.8 858 227 2276 601 56 15
0.9 868 229 2288 605 63 17
1.0 878 232 2301 608 69 18
1.1 888 235 2314 611 74 20
1.2 898 237 2327 615 80 21
1.3 907 240 2340 618 85 23
1.4 917 242 2354 622 90 24
1.5 927 245 2368 626 95 25
1.6 937 248 2383 630 100 26
1.7 947 250 2398 633 104 28
1.8 957 253 2413 638 109 29
1.9 968 256 2429 642 113 30
2.0 978 258 2445 646 116 31
2.1 989 261 2461 650 120 32
2.2 1000 264 2477 654 123 33
2.3 1011 267 2493 659 129 34
2.4 1022 270 2508 663 136 36
2.5 1034 273 2524 667 140 37
2.6 1045 276 2539 671 144 38
2.7 1057 279 2553 674 148 39

(Airplanes With Wing Stub Tanks)
Chart 4 - 8
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
FUEL QUANTITY
STICK
INDICAT INTERNAL STICK EXTERNAL STICK WING STUB TANK
ION
LITERS US GAL LITERS US GAL LITERS US GAL
2.8 1069 282 2567 678 155 41

2.9 1081 286 2580 682 164 43
3.0 1093 289 2593 685 173 46
3.1 1105 292 2604 688 181 48
3.2 1118 295 2615 691 188 50
3.3 1130 299 2625 693 195 51
3.4 1143 302 2634 696 201 53
3.5 1156 305 2643 698 207 55
3.6 1169 309 2651 700 213 56
3.7 1182 312 2658 702 218 58
3.8 1194 316 2666 704 224 59
3.9 1208 319 2673 706 229 60
4.0 1221 322 2680 708 234 62
4.1 1234 326 2687 710 239 63
4.2 1247 329 2696 712 244 64
4.3 1260 333 2706 715 249 66
4.4 1273 336 2717 718 254 67
4.5 1286 340 2731 721 259 68
4.6 1300 343 2747 726 265 70
4.7 1313 347 2767 731 270 71
4.8 1326 350 2791 737 276 73

CHART 4 - 9
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
FUEL QUANTITY
STICK
INTERNAL STICK WING STUB TANK
INDICATION
4.9 1339 354 281 74

5.0 1352 357 287 76
5.1 1365 361 293 78
5.2 1378 364 300 79
5.3 1391 368 306 81
5.4 1404 371 313 83
5.5 1418 374 320 85
5.6 1431 378 327 86
5.7 1444 381 334 88
5.8 1457 385 342 90
5.9 1470 388 350 92
6.0 1483 392 357 94
6.1 1496 395 365 97
6.2 1509 399 374 99
6.3 1522 402 382 101
6.4 1535 405 390 103
6.5 1548 409 399 105
6.6 1561 412 408 108
6.7 1574 416 416 110
6.8 1588 419 425 112
6.9 1601 423 434 115
7.0 1615 427 443 117
7.1 1629 430 452 119
7.2 1642 434 461 122
7.3 1656 438 470 124
7.4 1670 441 479 126
7.5 1685 445 488 129
7.6 1699 449 497 131

Chart 4 - 10
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
FUEL QUANTITY
STICK
INTERNAL STICK WING STUB TANK
INDICATION
7.7 1714 453 505 134

7.8 1729 457 514 136
7.9 1744 461 523 138
8.0 1759 465 532 141
8.1 1774 469 541 143
8.2 1790 473 550 145
8.3 1806 477 558 147
8.4 1822 481 567 150
8.5 1838 486 576 152
8.6 1855 490 585 154
8.7 1872 494 593 157
8.8 1889 499 602 159
8.9 1906 503 611 161
9.0 1923 508 620 164
9.1 1941 513 629 166
9.2 1958 517 639 169
9.3 1976 522 648 171
9.4 1994 527 658 174
9.5 2012 531 668 176
9.6 2030 536 679 179
9.7 2048 541 689 182
9.8 2065 546 701 185
9.9 2083 550 713 188
10.0 2101 555 725 192
10.1 2118 560 738 195
10.2 2135 564 752 199
10.3 2152 568 767 203
10.4 2168 573 783 207

CHART 4 - 11
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Chart 4 - 12
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Chart 5

Oxygen Pressure Correction Chart
An Oxygen Pressure Correction Chart is located on the oxygen

service panel door. This chart is provided for the maintenance per-
sonnel's use when recharging the oxygen cylinder. Additionally, it
may be used by the crew to check if the oxygen cylinder’s pres-
sure is above the minimum oxygen pressure for dispatch.
To use the chart for recharging purposes:

Enter the chart with the cylinder compartment temperature (cock-
pit temperature) and go vertically up to the desired pressure at
21°C. From the intersection point, trace to the left to read the indi-
cated gauge pressure to be attained.
To use the chart for dispatching purposes:

Enter the chart simultaneously with the cylinder compartment tem-
perature (cockpit temperature) and indicated gauge oxygen pres-
sure (on MFD or oxygen service panel). The intersection
determines the oxygen cylinder’s equivalent pressure at 21°C, by
interpolating the two adjacent standard curves.
EXAMPLE
Associated condition:
− Crew............................................................PILOT, COPILOT
AND OBSERVER
− Indicated gauge pressure............................1600 PSI
− Cylinder compartment temperature............30°C
As the intersection is above the dashed line for the associated
condition, the airplane may be dispatched.
CHART 5 - 1
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Chart 5 - 2
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Chart 6

Vertical Stabilizer Markings
(*) The thick marks represent, respectively, 4° nose down (top of

the scale), neutral, and 10° nose up (bottom of the scale) and each
intermediate marks represent a 2° variation.
CHART 6 - 1
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Chart 6 - 2
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Chart 7

Special Cargo Loading Limitations
The horizontal cargo restraint nets in the EMB 135/140/145 are NOT
required for cargo and baggage weights up to 2182 lbs.
Only the amount of cargo and baggage that exceeds this value must be
secured by the cargo restraint net. The remaining cargo and baggage (up
to 2182 lbs.) may be loaded on top of the net
Cargo must not become a hazard to the airplane structure or systems

as a result of shifting under operational loads. Sharp edges like wooden
or metallic containers, or dense cargo which weighs significantly more
than typical passenger baggage, must be placed under the cargo restraint
net to prevent shifting, even at weights lower than 2182 lbs.
Cargo Limitations Below 2182 lbs. Above 2182 lbs.
Horizontal Net Not Required Required for

baggage that
exceeds 2182
lbs.
Door Safety Net Required, if Not Required, if
horizontal net is horizontal net is
missing installed and
used
CHART 7 - 1
Charts
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Chart 7 - 2
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Chart 8

Quick Turn Around Weight
For normal operation, the brake temperature can be monitored
through the brake temperature indication on the MFD.
The Quick Turn Around Weight Table must be used only when the
brake temperature indication is not working properly.
If the landing weight exceeds the Quick Turn Around Weight, a

subsequent takeoff must not be performed before 36 minutes
after chocks on.
At the end of this time interval, check that the wheel thermal plugs
have not melted.
Note: If the tires are not flat after 36 minutes this is a
positive indication that the wheel thermal plugs have
not melted.
CHART 8 - 1
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
Quick Turn Around Weight Table

All Engine Types - FAA - Flaps 45 - Sea Level - ER Brakes
WIND
TEMP -10 Kt 0 Kt
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 34824 35263 35733 36167 36612 39023 39516 40026 40511 41014
-15 34489 34924 35391 35821 36261 38624 39113 39619 40099 40597
-10 34165 34595 35059 35485 35921 38238 38721 39224 39699 40191
-5 33848 34275 34736 35157 35589 37861 38339 38839 39309 39796
0 33543 33965 34423 34841 35269 37497 37971 38467 38933 39415
4 33303 33723 34179 34593 35018 37212 37682 38175 38638 39116
8 33069 33485 33939 34351 34772 36933 37399 37890 38349 38823
12 32840 33253 33705 34114 34532 36660 37123 37611 38067 38538
16 32616 33026 33476 33882 34297 36394 36853 37338 37791 38258
20 32397 32804 33252 33655 34067 36133 36589 37071 37521 37984
24 32184 32589 33032 33433 33841 35877 36329 36810 37256 37716
28 31981 32382 32817 33215 33621 35626 36076 36554 36997 37453
32 31781 32179 32606 33001 33404 35380 35827 36302 36742 37195
36 31585 31981 32399 32792 33192 35140 35583 36056 36493 36943
40 31395 31788 32198 32589 32986 34906 35346 35817 36251 36697
44 31207 31597 31999 32388 32783 34675 35112 35581 36012 36455
48 31022 31410 31805 32191 32583 34448 34882 35348 35777 36217
Chart 8 - 2
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
All Engine Types - FAA - Flaps 45 - Sea Level - ER Brakes
WIND
TEMP 10 Kt 20 Kt
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 40510 41023 41548 42051 42575 42088 42622 43161 43683 44229
-15 40089 40596 41117 41614 42132 41644 42172 42707 43224 43764
-10 39680 40182 40698 41191 41703 41213 41735 42266 42778 43312
-5 39281 39778 40291 40779 41286 40794 41310 41837 42344 42872
0 38896 39388 39897 40380 40882 40388 40899 41422 41924 42446
4 38595 39083 39589 40068 40566 40070 40578 41098 41595 42113
8 38299 38783 39287 39762 40256 39759 40262 40780 41273 41787
12 38011 38491 38992 39464 39953 39455 39955 40469 40959 41468
16 37729 38205 38703 39172 39658 39158 39654 40165 40651 41157
20 37452 37926 38421 38886 39368 38867 39359 39868 40350 40852
24 37181 37651 38144 38606 39084 38582 39070 39576 40055 40552
28 36916 37383 37873 38332 38806 38303 38787 39290 39766 40260
32 36656 37119 37607 38062 38533 38029 38509 39010 39483 39972
36 36402 36861 37346 37799 38266 37761 38238 38736 39205 39691
40 36154 36610 37093 37543 38006 37500 37973 38469 38935 39417
44 35909 36362 36843 37290 37750 37242 37712 38206 38669 39147
48 35669 36119 36598 37041 37498 36989 37456 37947 38407 38882
CHART 8 - 3
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
All Engine Types - FAA - Flaps 45 - 1000 FT - ER Brakes
WIND
TEMP -10 Kt 0 Kt
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 34220 34651 35115 35541 35978 38303 38787 39290 39766 40260
-15 33891 34317 34779 35201 35633 37911 38390 38890 39361 39849
-10 33573 33996 34454 34872 35300 37533 38007 38503 38970 39452
-5 33263 33682 34138 34552 34976 37164 37634 38126 38588 39066
0 32963 33378 33831 34241 34661 36807 37272 37761 38218 38691
4 32728 33140 33590 33998 34414 36527 36988 37474 37929 38397
8 32498 32907 33355 33760 34173 36253 36711 37194 37645 38110
12 32273 32679 33125 33527 33937 35985 36440 36921 37368 37830
16 32060 32463 32901 33300 33707 35724 36174 36653 37098 37555
20 31852 32252 32681 33078 33482 35468 35915 36392 36833 37287
24 31648 32044 32465 32859 33260 35216 35661 36135 36573 37023
28 31449 31843 32255 32647 33045 34972 35413 35885 36320 36768
32 31253 31644 32048 32438 32833 34732 35169 35639 36071 36515
36 31061 31449 31846 32232 32625 34495 34930 35397 35827 36267
40 30836 31221 31608 31992 32381 34264 34696 35161 35587 36025
44 30593 30974 31351 31732 32117 34037 34466 34929 35353 35787
48 30354 30732 31099 31477 31859 33815 34241 34702 35123 35554
Chart 8 - 4
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
10 Kt 20 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 39749 40252 40769 41262 41776 41286 41809 42341 42853 43388
-15 39334 39832 40345 40833 41341 40849 41367 41894 42401 42930
-10 38934 39426 39936 40419 40922 40428 40940 41463 41965 42488
-5 38544 39032 39537 40016 40513 40017 40524 41043 41540 42057
0 38166 38648 39150 39624 40116 39619 40120 40636 41128 41640
4 37869 38348 38847 39318 39805 39307 39804 40317 40805 41312
8 37580 38054 38551 39018 39501 39001 39495 40005 40489 40992
12 37297 37768 38262 38725 39205 38703 39193 39700 40181 40680
16 37020 37487 37978 38439 38914 38412 38897 39402 39879 40374
20 36749 37213 37702 38159 38630 38126 38608 39110 39584 40075
24 36483 36943 37429 37883 38351 37846 38324 38823 39294 39781
28 36224 36682 37165 37616 38080 37574 38049 38545 39012 39496
32 35970 36424 36905 37352 37813 37306 37777 38271 38734 39214
36 35720 36170 36649 37094 37551 37042 37510 38002 38462 38938
40 35475 35923 36399 36840 37295 36785 37249 37738 38195 38668
44 35235 35679 36153 36592 37043 36532 36993 37479 37934 38403
48 35000 35441 35913 36349 36796 36284 36742 37226 37677 38143
CHART 8 - 5
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05

WIND
-10 Kt 0 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 33624 34047 34506 34925 35353 37593 38068 38565 39032 39516
-15 33301 33720 34176 34591 35015 37209 37679 38172 38635 39113
-10 32987 33402 33855 34266 34686 36835 37300 37790 38248 38721
-5 32685 33096 33546 33953 34369 36475 36936 37422 37875 38343
0 32391 32798 33245 33649 34061 36125 36581 37064 37513 37977
4 32163 32567 33009 33410 33818 35850 36303 36783 37229 37688
8 31944 32345 32778 33176 33581 35581 36030 36508 36950 37406
12 31731 32129 32553 32948 33350 35319 35764 36239 36679 37131
16 31522 31917 32332 32725 33124 35062 35504 35977 36413 36862
20 31319 31711 32118 32508 32904 34812 35251 35722 36155 36600
24 31119 31508 31907 32294 32687 34566 35002 35470 35900 36342
28 30902 31288 31678 32062 32453 34326 34758 35224 35651 36089
32 30649 31030 31410 31791 32178 34089 34519 34982 35406 35841
36 30400 30778 31147 31526 31909 33858 34284 34745 35167 35599
40 30157 30531 30890 31266 31645 33631 34054 34513 34932 35361
44 29918 30289 30638 31010 31386 33408 33829 34286 34702 35127
Chart 8 - 6
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
10 Kt 20 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 38998 39491 40001 40486 40989 40495 41008 41532 42035 42559
-15 38592 39080 39586 40065 40562 40067 40574 41094 41592 42110
-10 38196 38679 39181 39656 40148 39650 40152 40668 41161 41673
-5 37815 38293 38791 39261 39748 39249 39746 40258 40745 41252
0 37445 37918 38413 38878 39360 38859 39351 39859 40342 40843
4 37154 37623 38115 38577 39055 38553 39040 39546 40025 40522
8 36869 37335 37824 38283 38756 38253 38736 39239 39715 40207
12 36591 37053 37540 37995 38465 37960 38440 38940 39412 39900
16 36319 36778 37262 37714 38180 37674 38150 38647 39116 39600
20 36055 36510 36992 37441 37903 37396 37868 38363 38828 39309
24 35795 36246 36726 37171 37630 37121 37590 38082 38544 39021
28 35540 35988 36466 36908 37363 36853 37319 37808 38266 38740
32 35290 35735 36210 36649 37101 36590 37052 37539 37994 38463
36 35045 35487 35959 36395 36844 36332 36790 37275 37727 38193
40 34805 35244 35714 36147 36592 36079 36534 37016 37465 37928
44 34569 35005 35473 35903 36345 35831 36283 36763 37208 37668
CHART 8 - 7
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
-10 Kt 0 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 33029 33444 33898 34309 34730 36885 37351 37841 38299 38773
-15 32713 33124 33575 33982 34398 36509 36970 37456 37910 38379
-10 32406 32814 33261 33665 34077 36144 36600 37083 37532 37996
-5 32114 32518 32958 33358 33765 35790 36242 36721 37166 37625
0 31835 32234 32662 33059 33463 35446 35894 36370 36811 37265
4 31615 32011 32431 32825 33225 35177 35620 36094 36532 36982
8 31402 31795 32206 32597 32994 34915 35355 35826 36261 36707
12 31193 31582 31984 32373 32767 34657 35094 35563 35994 36437
16 30988 31375 31768 32154 32546 34406 34839 35305 35734 36173
20 30724 31106 31489 31871 32259 34159 34589 35053 35479 35915
24 30465 30844 31215 31595 31979 33918 34345 34807 35229 35662
28 30211 30586 30947 31324 31704 33681 34106 34565 34984 35414
32 29962 30334 30685 31058 31435 33450 33871 34328 34745 35171
36 29722 30090 30431 30801 31174 33226 33644 34099 34513 34936
40 29490 29854 30186 30553 30923 33010 33425 33878 34289 34709
44 29262 29623 29945 30310 30676 32798 33210 33661 34070 34487
Chart 8 - 8
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
10 Kt 20 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 38248 38732 39235 39710 40203 39706 40208 40725 41218 41731
-15 37851 38329 38828 39298 39785 39287 39784 40296 40784 41291
-10 37464 37937 38433 38898 39380 38880 39371 39880 40363 40865
-5 37090 37558 38050 38511 38988 38486 38972 39477 39955 40451
0 36726 37190 37678 38135 38607 38102 38584 39085 39559 40050
4 36441 36901 37387 37840 38307 37802 38280 38778 39248 39734
8 36163 36620 37103 37553 38016 37510 37984 38479 38946 39428
12 35891 36344 36824 37270 37731 37222 37693 38186 38648 39127
16 35625 36074 36552 36995 37452 36942 37409 37899 38358 38833
20 35364 35810 36285 36725 37178 36667 37130 37618 38074 38545
24 35109 35551 36024 36461 36910 36399 36858 37343 37796 38263
28 34859 35298 35769 36202 36648 36135 36591 37074 37523 37987
32 34613 35050 35518 35949 36391 35877 36330 36810 37256 37716
36 34376 34809 35275 35703 36142 35627 36077 36555 36998 37454
40 34148 34578 35042 35467 35903 35386 35833 36308 36749 37202
44 33923 34350 34812 35235 35667 35150 35593 36067 36504 36954
CHART 8 - 9
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
-10 Kt 0 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 32441 32849 33297 33701 34113 36185 36642 37125 37575 38039
-15 32137 32540 32981 33382 33790 35818 36270 36750 37195 37654
-10 31846 32246 32675 33071 33475 35461 35908 36384 36826 37280
-5 31564 31959 32376 32770 33169 35114 35556 36029 36466 36916
0 31291 31682 32088 32478 32874 34778 35216 35686 36119 36563
4 31076 31464 31861 32248 32641 34513 34948 35416 35845 36286
8 30827 31211 31598 31982 32371 34255 34687 35152 35578 36015
12 30555 30936 31311 31692 32077 34002 34431 34893 35317 35750
16 30291 30667 31032 31409 31790 33756 34181 34641 35061 35492
20 30031 30403 30757 31131 31509 33513 33935 34393 34811 35238
24 29778 30147 30490 30861 31235 33278 33697 34153 34567 34991
28 29537 29902 30235 30603 30974 33053 33469 33923 34334 34755
32 29299 29661 29985 30349 30717 32832 33245 33697 34106 34523
36 29067 29426 29740 30101 30465 32616 33026 33476 33882 34297
40 28841 29196 29500 29859 30220 32405 32813 33260 33664 34075
Chart 8 - 10
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
10 Kt 20 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 37508 37982 38478 38944 39426 38926 39418 39927 40411 40913
-15 37119 37588 38080 38542 39019 38516 39003 39509 39987 40484
-10 36741 37205 37694 38151 38622 38118 38600 39102 39575 40066
-5 36374 36833 37318 37770 38237 37731 38208 38706 39175 39661
0 36018 36473 36955 37403 37864 37357 37829 38323 38788 39268
4 35739 36190 36669 37113 37571 37062 37531 38022 38483 38959
8 35465 35913 36389 36830 37285 36774 37239 37728 38185 38657
12 35198 35642 36116 36554 37004 36493 36954 37440 37893 38362
16 34937 35378 35849 36284 36731 36218 36675 37159 37609 38074
20 34681 35118 35587 36018 36462 35948 36401 36883 37330 37790
24 34432 34866 35332 35761 36201 35686 36136 36615 37058 37516
28 34194 34625 35089 35515 35951 35435 35882 36358 36799 37253
32 33960 34388 34850 35272 35706 35189 35632 36106 36544 36994
36 33731 34156 34616 35036 35466 34948 35388 35860 36295 36742
40 33508 33930 34388 34805 35232 34712 35150 35619 36051 36495
CHART 8 - 11
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
-10 Kt 0 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 31873 32273 32703 33100 33504 35493 35941 36418 36859 37314
-15 31579 31975 32393 32786 33186 35132 35575 36048 36486 36935
-10 31295 31686 32093 32482 32878 34783 35221 35691 36124 36569
-5 31018 31405 31800 32186 32578 34442 34876 35343 35772 36212
0 30672 31054 31435 31817 32204 34111 34541 35005 35429 35865
4 30395 30773 31142 31520 31903 33853 34279 34740 35162 35594
8 30123 30497 30855 31230 31609 33600 34023 34481 34900 35328
12 29857 30227 30574 30945 31321 33352 33772 34228 34643 35068
16 29604 29970 30306 30674 31046 33116 33532 33986 34399 34820
20 29357 29719 30045 30411 30779 32886 33299 33751 34161 34579
24 29114 29473 29789 30151 30516 32659 33070 33520 33927 34342
28 28878 29233 29539 29899 30260 32439 32847 33295 33699 34112
32 28652 29004 29300 29657 30015 32224 32629 33074 33475 33884
36 28460 28810 29098 29452 29808 32018 32420 32856 33255 33662
40 28273 28619 28900 29252 29605 31817 32216 32643 33040 33443
Chart 8 - 12
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
10 Kt 20 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 36776 37240 37729 38186 38659 38155 38637 39139 39613 40104
-15 36394 36853 37338 37791 38258 37752 38229 38727 39196 39682
-10 36024 36479 36960 37408 37870 37363 37835 38329 38794 39274
-5 35664 36114 36592 37036 37492 36983 37450 37941 38401 38876
0 35313 35759 36234 36673 37125 36614 37077 37564 38019 38489
4 35040 35482 35954 36390 36838 36326 36785 37269 37721 38187
8 34772 35210 35680 36113 36557 36044 36499 36981 37429 37891
12 34510 34945 35412 35841 36282 35768 36219 36698 37143 37601
16 34260 34691 35156 35583 36020 35504 35952 36429 36871 37325
20 34016 34445 34908 35331 35765 35248 35693 36167 36606 37057
24 33777 34202 34663 35083 35514 34996 35437 35909 36345 36792
28 33544 33967 34425 34843 35270 34751 35189 35659 36091 36535
32 33315 33734 34190 34605 35030 34509 34944 35412 35841 36282
36 33090 33506 33960 34373 34794 34272 34704 35169 35596 36034
40 32870 33283 33735 34144 34563 34040 34469 34932 35356 35790
CHART 8 - 13
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
All Engine Types - FAA - Flaps 45 - Sea Level - LR Brakes
WIND
TEMP -10 Kt 0 Kt
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 44410 44988 45532 46196 46713 49231 49861 50461 51191 51732
-15 43974 44547 45086 45744 46259 48723 49347 49941 50664 51203
-10 43553 44121 44655 45307 45820 48232 48850 49439 50155 50692
-5 43141 43706 44235 44881 45392 47752 48366 48949 49659 50193
0 42742 43302 43826 44467 44976 47286 47895 48473 49176 49708
4 42430 42986 43507 44144 44651 46923 47528 48101 48799 49329
8 42125 42678 43196 43828 44334 46568 47169 47738 48431 48959
12 41827 42377 42891 43520 44024 46221 46818 47383 48072 48598
16 41536 42083 42594 43218 43721 45881 46475 47036 47720 48245
20 41252 41796 42304 42924 43426 45551 46141 46698 47378 47901
24 40973 41514 42018 42634 43134 45225 45811 46365 47040 47561
28 40699 41237 41738 42351 42849 44906 45489 46039 46709 47229
32 40431 40966 41464 42073 42570 44593 45173 45719 46386 46904
36 40168 40700 41195 41800 42297 44287 44864 45406 46068 46585
40 39911 40440 40932 41534 42029 43987 44560 45099 45757 46273
44 39658 40185 40674 41272 41766 43693 44263 44799 45452 45966
48 39411 39935 40421 41016 41508 43404 43972 44504 45154 45666
Chart 8 - 14
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
All Engine Types - FAA - Flaps 45 - Sea Level - LR Brakes
WIND
TEMP 10 Kt 20 Kt
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 50999 51648 52269 52482 52640 51520 52174 52801 52837 52864
-15 50467 51110 51724 52119 52411 51293 51945 52569 52683 52767
-10 49952 50589 51198 51767 52189 51074 51724 52345 52533 52672
-5 49449 50081 50684 51417 51960 50860 51507 52126 52387 52580
0 48961 49588 50185 50911 51451 50634 51279 51895 52233 52483
4 48580 49203 49795 50517 51055 50233 50874 51485 51959 52310
8 48208 48827 49415 50131 50667 49842 50478 51085 51692 52141
12 47844 48459 49043 49754 50288 49459 50091 50694 51427 51969
16 47489 48099 48679 49385 49918 49085 49713 50311 51039 51580
20 47142 47749 48325 49026 49557 48720 49344 49939 50662 51200
24 46800 47404 47976 48672 49202 48361 48981 49571 50289 50826
28 46466 47066 47634 48326 48853 48009 48626 49212 49925 50460
32 46138 46735 47299 47986 48512 47665 48277 48859 49568 50101
36 45817 46410 46971 47654 48178 47327 47936 48514 49218 49750
40 45503 46093 46649 47328 47851 46996 47602 48176 48875 49405
44 45194 45781 46334 47008 47530 46671 47274 47844 48539 49067
48 44892 45475 46025 46695 47215 46354 46952 47519 48210 48737
CHART 8 - 15
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
All Engine Types - FAA - Flaps 45 - 1000 FT - LR Brakes
WIND
TEMP -10 Kt 0 Kt
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 43621 44190 44725 45378 45891 48311 48931 49520 50238 50774
-15 43193 43758 44287 44934 45446 47812 48427 49010 49721 50255
-10 42777 43338 43863 44504 45013 47328 47937 48515 49219 49751
-5 42375 42931 43451 44087 44594 46859 47463 48036 48733 49263
0 41984 42536 43052 43682 44188 46404 47003 47570 48261 48789
4 41678 42227 42739 43365 43869 46047 46643 47206 47892 48418
8 41379 41925 42433 43055 43558 45698 46290 46849 47531 48054
12 41088 41630 42136 42754 43255 45359 45947 46503 47179 47701
16 40802 41342 41844 42458 42957 45026 45611 46162 46834 47355
20 40523 41059 41558 42168 42666 44700 45281 45829 46497 47015
24 40249 40783 41278 41885 42381 44382 44959 45503 46166 46683
28 39981 40511 41004 41606 42102 44069 44643 45183 45842 46358
32 39717 40245 40735 41334 41828 43762 44333 44869 45524 46038
36 39460 39985 40471 41067 41560 43462 44030 44563 45213 45726
40 39207 39730 40213 40805 41297 43167 43732 44261 44908 45419
44 38960 39479 39960 40549 41039 42879 43440 43967 44609 45119
48 38718 39235 39713 40298 40787 42597 43156 43678 44317 44826
Chart 8 - 16
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
TEMP 10 Kt 20 Kt
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 50035 50673 51283 51824 52225 51110 51759 52381 52557 52688
-15 49512 50145 50748 51467 52000 50887 51534 52154 52405 52592
-10 49005 49632 50229 50956 51497 50671 51316 51933 52258 52499
-5 48513 49135 49727 50447 50985 50163 50803 51414 51911 52280
0 48036 48653 49239 49953 50488 49661 50295 50900 51569 52064
4 47662 48275 48857 49566 50099 49268 49898 50498 51229 51770
8 47297 47906 48483 49187 49718 48883 49509 50105 50830 51370
12 46941 47546 48120 48818 49348 48509 49131 49723 50443 50981
16 46592 47194 47763 48457 48985 48142 48760 49348 50063 50599
20 46251 46848 47414 48103 48629 47783 48397 48980 49690 50224
24 45916 46511 47072 47757 48281 47431 48041 48621 49326 49858
28 45588 46179 46737 47417 47940 47086 47693 48268 48968 49499
32 45267 45854 46408 47084 47605 46748 47351 47922 48618 49147
36 44953 45536 46087 46758 47278 46417 47017 47584 48275 48803
40 44644 45224 45771 46438 46956 46092 46688 47252 47939 48464
44 44341 44919 45462 46125 46642 45774 46367 46927 47609 48133
48 44046 44620 45160 45819 46334 45463 46053 46609 47287 47810
CHART 8 - 17
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
-10 Kt 0 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 42840 43401 43927 44569 45079 47401 48011 48590 49295 49827
-15 42420 42977 43497 44134 44641 46912 47516 48089 48788 49317
-10 42012 42565 43081 43712 44217 46437 47036 47604 48296 48823
-5 41619 42167 42678 43304 43807 45978 46573 47135 47820 48345
0 41237 41781 42288 42909 43410 45533 46123 46680 47360 47883
4 40937 41478 41982 42598 43098 45184 45770 46323 46997 47518
8 40644 41182 41682 42294 42792 44842 45424 45973 46643 47163
12 40357 40892 41389 41997 42494 44508 45087 45632 46297 46815
16 40077 40609 41102 41707 42202 44181 44757 45298 45959 46475
20 39802 40331 40821 41422 41916 43861 44433 44971 45627 46142
24 39534 40060 40547 41144 41637 43548 44117 44651 45303 45816
28 39271 39794 40278 40871 41363 43242 43807 44337 44985 45497
32 39013 39534 40015 40604 41095 42941 43504 44030 44674 45184
36 38761 39279 39757 40343 40832 42648 43207 43730 44370 44878
40 38514 39029 39504 40087 40575 42359 42915 43436 44071 44578
44 38271 38783 39256 39835 40322 42076 42629 43146 43777 44283
Chart 8 - 18
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
10 Kt 20 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 49082 49710 50308 51036 51577 50704 51349 51966 52280 52513
-15 48568 49191 49783 50504 51042 50221 50861 51473 51951 52305
-10 48070 48688 49274 49988 50524 49697 50332 50937 51594 52079
-5 47590 48202 48783 49490 50023 49191 49821 50420 51150 51691
0 47124 47731 48306 49007 49538 48701 49325 49919 50642 51181
4 46757 47360 47932 48628 49157 48316 48935 49525 50242 50779
8 46399 46998 47565 48256 48784 47939 48554 49139 49852 50387
12 46048 46644 47207 47893 48419 47570 48182 48763 49470 50003
16 45706 46298 46857 47539 48063 47210 47818 48395 49097 49628
20 45371 45959 46514 47191 47713 46857 47461 48034 48731 49261
24 45043 45628 46179 46852 47372 46512 47113 47681 48374 48902
28 44722 45303 45851 46519 47037 46174 46771 47336 48024 48550
32 44407 44985 45529 46192 46710 45843 46436 46997 47681 48205
36 44099 44674 45214 45874 46389 45519 46109 46666 47345 47868
40 43797 44368 44905 45561 46075 45201 45788 46341 47016 47537
44 43500 44068 44601 45253 45765 44889 45472 46021 46692 47212
CHART 8 - 19
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
-10 Kt 0 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 42065 42617 43134 43766 44271 46497 47098 47666 48358 48886
-15 41654 42202 42714 43340 43844 46019 46614 47177 47863 48388
-10 41255 41799 42306 42927 43428 45554 46144 46701 47381 47904
-5 40870 41410 41912 42527 43027 45105 45690 46242 46915 47436
0 40494 41030 41529 42138 42636 44667 45248 45795 46462 46981
4 40200 40733 41228 41834 42330 44325 44902 45445 46107 46624
8 39913 40443 40934 41536 42031 43990 44563 45102 45760 46275
12 39632 40158 40647 41245 41738 43662 44232 44767 45421 45934
16 39357 39880 40366 40960 41452 43341 43908 44439 45089 45601
20 39087 39608 40090 40681 41171 43027 43590 44118 44763 45274
24 38825 39343 39822 40409 40899 42722 43282 43806 44447 44956
28 38567 39082 39558 40142 40630 42421 42978 43498 44135 44642
32 38314 38827 39300 39880 40367 42126 42680 43197 43830 44336
36 38067 38577 39047 39624 40110 41839 42389 42903 43531 44036
40 37824 38332 38799 39372 39857 41555 42103 42614 43238 43741
44 37586 38091 38556 39126 39609 41278 41822 42330 42951 43452
Chart 8 - 20
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
10 Kt 20 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 48134 48752 49339 50054 50590 49764 50399 51006 51639 52108
-15 47633 48245 48827 49535 50068 49237 49866 50466 51196 51738
-10 47145 47752 48328 49029 49560 48724 49348 49942 50665 51204
-5 46674 47277 47847 48542 49070 48228 48847 49436 50152 50688
0 46216 46813 47378 48067 48593 47746 48360 48942 49652 50186
4 45857 46450 47011 47695 48219 47368 47978 48556 49261 49793
8 45506 46095 46652 47331 47854 46999 47605 48179 48878 49408
12 45162 45748 46301 46975 47496 46638 47239 47809 48504 49032
16 44826 45409 45957 46627 47146 46284 46882 47448 48138 48664
20 44497 45076 45621 46286 46804 45938 46532 47094 47779 48304
24 44177 44752 45294 45954 46470 45601 46192 46750 47430 47953
28 43861 44433 44971 45627 46142 45269 45856 46410 47086 47608
32 43553 44121 44655 45307 45820 44945 45528 46078 46750 47270
36 43251 43817 44347 44995 45506 44627 45207 45754 46421 46939
40 42954 43517 44044 44687 45197 44315 44892 45435 46097 46614
44 42663 43223 43746 44386 44895 44009 44583 45122 45780 46296
CHART 8 - 21
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
TEMP -10 Kt 0 Kt
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 41299 41843 42351 42972 43474 45605 46196 46754 47434 47957
-15 40899 41439 41942 42558 43057 45139 45724 46277 46951 47472
-10 40508 41045 41543 42153 42651 44684 45265 45812 46479 46998
-5 40129 40661 41156 41760 42256 44242 44818 45360 46021 46538
0 39761 40289 40779 41379 41873 43812 44384 44921 45576 46091
4 39472 39997 40484 41080 41572 43476 44044 44577 45228 45741
8 39190 39712 40195 40787 41279 43147 43712 44241 44887 45398
12 38915 39434 39914 40502 40992 42827 43388 43913 44555 45065
16 38646 39162 39639 40224 40712 42513 43071 43593 44231 44738
20 38382 38896 39370 39951 40438 42206 42760 43279 43912 44418
24 38124 38635 39106 39683 40169 41905 42456 42971 43600 44105
28 37871 38379 38847 39421 39906 41610 42158 42670 43295 43798
32 37624 38129 38594 39164 39648 41322 41866 42375 42996 43498
36 37381 37884 38346 38913 39395 41039 41581 42085 42703 43203
40 37143 37643 38102 38666 39147 40761 41300 41802 42415 42914
Chart 8 - 22
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
10 Kt 20 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 47199 47807 48383 49085 49616 48780 49405 50000 50724 51263
-15 46710 47313 47883 48579 49108 48266 48885 49474 50191 50727
-10 46233 46831 47396 48085 48611 47764 48378 48961 49671 50205
-5 45770 46363 46922 47605 48129 47277 47886 48463 49166 49698
0 45320 45908 46462 47138 47660 46804 47407 47979 48676 49205
4 44967 45551 46102 46773 47293 46433 47032 47600 48292 48819
8 44623 45203 45750 46416 46935 46070 46666 47229 47916 48441
12 44287 44863 45406 46068 46585 45717 46309 46868 47550 48073
16 43958 44531 45070 45728 46243 45371 45959 46515 47192 47714
20 43636 44206 44741 45394 45907 45032 45617 46168 46840 47361
24 43321 43887 44418 45067 45579 44700 45281 45829 46497 47015
28 43012 43575 44102 44747 45257 44375 44953 45497 46160 46677
32 42709 43269 43793 44433 44942 44057 44631 45171 45830 46346
36 42413 42969 43490 44126 44634 43745 44316 44852 45507 46021
40 42122 42675 43193 43825 44331 43439 44007 44540 45190 45702
CHART 8 - 23
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
-10 Kt 0 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 40543 41080 41579 42190 42688 44725 45306 45854 46522 47041
-15 40149 40681 41176 41781 42277 44265 44841 45384 46045 46562
-10 39766 40294 40784 41384 41878 43818 44390 44927 45583 46097
-5 39394 39918 40404 40999 41491 43385 43952 44484 45134 45646
0 39032 39553 40034 40624 41115 42964 43526 44053 44697 45207
4 38751 39269 39747 40333 40822 42636 43195 43718 44358 44866
8 38475 38990 39465 40047 40534 42314 42870 43389 44024 44531
12 38205 38716 39188 39767 40253 41999 42551 43067 43698 44203
16 37941 38450 38919 39494 39979 41692 42241 42753 43380 43883
20 37682 38188 38654 39225 39709 41390 41936 42445 43067 43569
24 37429 37932 38395 38963 39445 41095 41637 42143 42761 43262
28 37181 37681 38141 38706 39187 40806 41345 41847 42461 42961
32 36938 37436 37893 38454 38934 40523 41059 41558 42168 42666
36 36700 37196 37650 38208 38687 40246 40779 41275 41881 42378
40 36468 36961 37413 37967 38445 39975 40506 40998 41601 42096
Chart 8 - 24
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WIND
10 Kt 20 Kt
TEMP
(oC) SLOPE
-2% -1% 0 1% 2% -2% -1% 0 1% 2%
-20 46276 46874 47440 48129 48656 47809 48424 49007 49718 50252
-15 45794 46387 46947 47630 48154 47303 47911 48489 49193 49724
-10 45326 45914 46468 47145 47667 46810 47414 47986 48682 49212
-5 44872 45455 46004 46674 47194 46332 46931 47497 48187 48714
0 44430 45008 45553 46217 46734 45868 46461 47022 47706 48231
4 44087 44661 45201 45861 46376 45506 46096 46653 47332 47854
8 43750 44320 44857 45511 46025 45152 45738 46290 46964 47485
12 43419 43987 44519 45169 45682 44804 45386 45935 46604 47123
16 43097 43661 44190 44836 45346 44465 45044 45589 46253 46771
20 42781 43341 43866 44508 45017 44133 44708 45248 45908 46424
24 42472 43029 43550 44187 44695 43807 44379 44916 45571 46085
28 42168 42722 43240 43873 44379 43488 44056 44590 45241 45753
32 41872 42423 42937 43566 44070 43176 43741 44271 44917 45429
36 41581 42129 42640 43265 43768 42871 43432 43958 44601 45111
40 41298 41842 42350 42971 43473 42572 43131 43653 44292 44800
CHART 8 - 25
Charts
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
Chart 8 - 26
Maintenance Procedures ATA 21
CHQ REV. 12 DATE: 04-15-05
Maintenance Procedures
EMB M.E.L. - Maintenance Procedures

ATA 21 - Air Conditioning
________________________________________________________
21-22-04 (-1) External ground connector check valve
Remove the outflow valves

OR
Outflow valves secured open:
- Gain access to outflow valves
- Using both hands, open one of the valves by pressing the poppet and
insert the opening tool kit (P/N OS22959) so as to fit in the valve axle
guide
- Assure the kit is fitted on the axle in order to avoid valve closing
- Repeat the procedure for the remaining outflow valve
NOTE: To remove the opening tool kit from the valve assembly, just
pull it out
MX 21 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
21-22-06 (-1) Baggage compartment ventilation system
Deactivate Baggage Recirculation Fan as follows:

- On the circuit breaker panel, open the MISCELLANEOUS/BAGGAGE
RECIRC FAN circuit breaker and attach a do-not-close tag on it
- Open access 272DR, Rear Electronic Compartment Access Hatch.
Gain access to the rear electronic compartment and locate the baggage
recirculation fan (See figure on AMM PART I 21-27-00)
- Disconnect and stow electrical connector of the fan
− Close BAGGAGE RECIRC FAN circuit breaker
________________________________________________________
MX 21 - 2
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
21-23-03 (-1) Gasper Fan
Deactivate associated gasper fan as follows:

- Pull and collar the gasper fan circuit breaker (F25)
________________________________________________________
21-24-01 (-1) Recirculation fans - Airplanes equipped with con-

ventional electro-mechanical standby instruments
Deactivate associated recirculation fan as follows:

- Pull and collar the affected recirculation fan circuit breaker, COCKPIT
RECIRC (J14) and/or CABIN RECIRC (J21)
________________________________________________________
21-24-01 (-2) Recirculation fans - Airplanes equipped with Inte-

grated Standby Instrument System (ISIS)

Verify Pack 2 operates normally as follows:

- Refer to item 21-24-02 (-1) for recirculation fan operational check
________________________________________________________
21-24-01 (-3) Recirculation fans - Airplanes equipped with Inte-

grated Standby Instrument System (ISIS)

Verify Pack 1 operates normally as follows:

- Refer to item 21-24-02 (-1) for recirculation fan operational check
________________________________________________________
MX 21 - 3
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
21-24-02 (-1) Recirculation fan valves - Inoperative Open
Perform Conditioned Air Distribution System - Operational Check
Do the operational test of the conditioned air distribution in the

cockpit as follows:
- Set the switches below as follows:
– PACK 1 - OFF
– PACK 2 - OFF
– RECIRC - OFF
– GASPER - OFF
– SHED BUSES - OVRD
– Make sure that the APU GEN pushbutton is in ON position (striped
bar off)
- Air flows through the gaspers
- Open the GASPER FAN circuit breaker
- The airflow through the gaspers stops
- Close the GASPER FAN circuit breaker
- Set the switches as follows:
– APU BLEED - ON
– PACK 1 - ON
– CKPT temperature selector - AUTO
- Air flows through the cockpit general outlets and the gaspers
- Set the RECIRC switch to ON
- The airflow through the cockpit general outlets increases
- Set the RECIRC switch to OFF
- The airflow through the cockpit general outlets decreases
- Set the PACK 1 switch to OFF
- The airflow through the cockpit general outlets stops
– APU BLEED - OFF
– SHED BUSES - AUTO
Do the operational test of the conditioned air distribution in the pas-
senger cabin as follows:
- Set the switches below as follows:
– PACK 1 - OFF
– PACK 2 - OFF
– RECIRC - OFF
– GASPER - OFF
– SHED BUSES - OVRD
– Make sure that the APU GEN pushbutton is in ON position (striped
bar off)
- Air flows through the gaspers
- Open the GASPER FAN circuit breaker
MX 21 - 4
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
- The airflow through the gaspers stops

- Close the GASPER FAN circuit breaker
– APU BLEED - ON
– XBLEED - OPEN
– PACK 2 - ON
– PASS CABIN temperature selector - MAN
- Turn the PASS CABIN temperature selector knob fully counterclockwise
and keep it in this position for 3 minutes
- The cold air flows through the passenger cabin upper outlets
- Set the RECIRC switch to ON
- The airflow through the passenger cabin upper outlets increases
- Turn the PASS CABIN temperature selector knob fully clockwise and
keep it in this position for 3 minutes
- The hot air flows through the passenger cabin lower outlets
- Set the RECIRC switch to OFF
- The airflow through the passenger cabin lower outlets decreases
- Set the PACK 2 switch to OFF
- The airflow through the passenger cabin outlets stops
– APU BLEED - OFF
– SHED BUSES - AUTO
– XBLEED - AUTO
– PASS CABIN temperature selector - AUTO
MX 21 - 5
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 21 - 6
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 21 - 7
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
21-24-02 (-2) Recirculation fan valves - Inoperative Closed
________________________________________________________
21-24-03 (-1) Air distribution valve(s) - Deactivation
Deactivate Cold Air Distribution Valve - Cold Air Distribution Valve

Stuck Closed (T<24 ± 2°C):
- To open the warm air distribution valve:
- Change the passenger cabin air temperature to warm until the
warm air distribution valve opens.
- Check normal passenger cabin airflow from the lower ducts.
- Pull and safety the DISTR VALVES circuit breaker (F27).
- Control the passenger cabin temperature as required through
cockpit/attendant’s control panel.
Deactivate Warm Air Distribution Valve - Warm Air Distribution

Valve Stuck Closed (T>24 ± 2°C):
- To open the cold air distribution valve:
- Change the passenger cabin air temperature to cold until the
cold air distribution valve opens.
- Check normal passenger cabin airflow from the upper ducts.
- Pull and safety the DISTR VALVES circuit breaker (F27).
- Control the passenger cabin temperature as required through
cockpit/attendant’s control panel.
NOTE: Air distribution valve is stuck closed if there is little or no

airflow in passenger cabin associated with excessive airflow in the
cockpit.
________________________________________________________
21-25-01 (-1) Ram air valves - Airplanes equipped with conven-

tional electromechanical standby instruments
Verify affected ram air valve is in emergency ram air position

- Perform a visual check through ram air NACA inlets and verify the flap
valves displaced to the down position
- Press and verify the flap valves locked
MX 21 - 8
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
________________________________________________________
21-25-01 (-2) Ram air valves - Airplanes equipped with conven-
tional electromechanical standby instruments
Verify affected ram air valve is in emergency ram air position


OR
Outflow valves secured open
insert the opening tool kit (P/N OS 22959) so as to fit it in the valve axle
guide
pull it out
NOTE: Reference 21-22-04 (-1) for illustration.

________________________________________________________
21-25-01 (-3) Ram air valves - Airplanes equipped with Integrated

Standby Instrument systems (ISIS)
Verify ram air valve 1 is in the emergency ram air position

________________________________________________________
MX 21 - 9
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
21-25-02 (-1) Ram air check valves

OR
guide
pull it out

________________________________________________________
21-30-00 (-1) Pressurization control system - Automatic mode
Safety electro pneumatic outflow valve in the closed position

- Refer to item 21-31-03 (-1) for securing the electro pneumatic outflow
valve in the closed position
________________________________________________________
21-30-00 (-2) Pressurization control system - Manual mode
Safety pneumatic outflow valve in the closed position

- Refer to item 21-31-03 (-2) for securing the pneumatic outflow valve in
the closed position
________________________________________________________
MX 21 - 10
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
21-30-00 (-3) Pressurization control system - Automatic and

Manual modes

OR
guide
pull it out

________________________________________________________
21-31-03 (-1) Outflow valves - Electro pneumatic
Safety electro pneumatic outflow valve in the closed position

- Gain access to the electro pneumatic outflow valve located in the rear
pressure bulkhead
- Remove and safety the valve in the closed position, as shown in the fig-
ure below
- Open fitting 1(Ref. figure below,det. B) and plug tube and valve with
plugs P/N AN806-D5 and P/N AN 929-5
NOTE: Caps and plugs are generally kept in a small pouch located
in the aft avionics compartment
- Install the valve
MX 21 - 11
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 21 - 12
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
21-31-03 (-2) Outflow valves - Pneumatic
Safety pneumatic outflow valve in the closed position

- Gain access to the pneumatic outflow valve located in the rear pressure
bulkhead
- Remove and safety the valve in the closed position, as shown in the fig-
ure below
- Open fittings 2, 3, and 4 (Ref. figure below, det. B) and plug tubes and
valve with plugs P/N AN 806-D5 and P/N AN 929-5.
NOTE: Caps and plugs are generally kept in a small pouch located
in the aft avionics compartment
- Install the valve
________________________________________________________
MX 21 - 13
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 12-15-04
21-31-03 (-3) Outflow valves - Electro pneumatic and pneumatic

OR
guide
pull it out

________________________________________________________
21-32-01 (-1) Cabin Pressure Acquisition Module (CPAM)

OR
guide
pull it out
Verify ram air valves are in the emergency ram air position
________________________________________________________
MX 21 - 14
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
21-51-00 (-2) Air conditioning pack systems - Airplanes equipped

with conventional electromechanical standby instru-
ments

OR
guide
pull it out
Verify ram air valves are in the emergency ram air position
Operationally check the ram air valve

- Energize the aircraft with external DC power supply
Caution: After each 30 seconds of operation of the linear actuator,

stop 2 minutes to operate it again
- Make sure that AOA sensors are in down position

- Set the BATT 1 and BATT 2 switches on the overhead panel to off
- Open Air/Gnd A, the Air/Gnd B, the Air/Gnd C, and the Air/Gnd D circuit
breakers, on the main overhead circuit breaker panel
- Make sure that the flap valve of the ram air valve is in the down position
(which permits the airflow to the cockpit and to the passenger cabin).
Caution: When you are to close the Air/Gnd A, B, C and D circuit

breakers, the time necessary for you to close all four
breakers must be no more than 10 seconds
- Close Air/Gnd A, the Air/Gnd B, the Air/Gnd C, and the Air/Gnd D circuit
breakers, on the main overhead circuit breaker panel
- Make sure that the flap valve of the ram air valve goes to the UP position
(which stops the airflow to the cockpit and to the passenger cabin)
- Remove the external DC power supply to the aircraft
MX 21 - 15
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 21 - 16
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 22 - Auto Flight
________________________________________________________
Reserved for future use.
________________________________________________________
MX 22 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 22 - 2
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08

ATA 23 - Communications
23-73-00 (-1) Video Surveillance System (VSS)
- Pull and collar CB E8 on the cockpit circuit breakers panel.
MX 23 - 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
MX 23 - 2
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05

ATA 24 - Electrical Power
________________________________________________________
24-31-01 (-1) Engine Driven Generators
Identify and secure the faulty generator

These procedures are to help maintenance to identify the faulty genera-
tor, that carries all loads and avoid dispatch the airplane with the good
generator (zero load) inoperative.
The following maintenance procedures should be accomplished only if

flight crew reports a continuous contactor switching noise with an unusual
generating indication and no associated EICAS message. In this case,
the faulty generator is absorbing all the load while operating in parallel
with others in good condition. In this condition, the voltage and current
indication on MFD Electrical page of the faulty generator indicates that it
is carrying all loads, while the voltage and current indication on MFD
Electrical page of the good generator indicates zero load. In this failure
mode, the unloaded generator remains connected to the DC Bus. Its line
contactor cycles and there is no GEN OFF BUS message. In order to
identify the faulty generator, proceed as follows:
- BUS TIES Switch.............................................................................OFF

- All GEN Button...................................................................................ON
- Voltage and Current (All Generators - on MFD)...........................CHECK
If there is any generator carrying all of the load:
- Affected GEN Button........................................................................OFF

- BUS TIES Switch...............................................................................ON
- Voltage and Current (Remaining 3 Generators - on MFD)...........CHECK
If the 3 remaining generators are operating normally, disconnect the

affected generator of the respective DC Bus by releasing its button on the
Electric System Panel.
MX 24 - 1
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
- Pull and safety affected generator GEN 1 (2, 3 or 4) POR and GEN 1 (2,
3 or 4) OUTVOLT circuit breakers:
GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS
E8 and E9
1 Left DC Distribution Box
E8 and E9
2 Right DC Distribution Box
D8 and D9
3 Left DC Distribution Box
D8 and D9
4 Right DC Distribution Box
________________________________________________________
24-31-01 (-2) Engine Driven Generators
Identify the faulty generator

- Follow the procedures as outlined in Maintenance Procedures for MEL
item 24-31-01 (-1).
________________________________________________________
MX 24 - 2
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08

ATA 25 - Equipment / Furnishings
________________________________________________________
25-11-01 (-1) Flight crew seats - Vertical power seat adjustment

systems
Deactivate vertical power seat adjustment on affected seat

Pull and collar the associated SEAT ADJUST circuit breaker (E7 or E27)
________________________________________________________
25-11-01 (-2) Flight crew seats - Manual vertical adjustment
Lock seat(s) into position that permits normal pilot’s visibility

Secure seat in locked position that is acceptable to affected flight crew
member
________________________________________________________
25-11-04 (-1) Flight attendant seat assembly (single or dual posi-

tion) - Required flight attendant seats
Affected seat to remain in stowed position

Ensure seat stows automatically or secure seat into stowed position
________________________________________________________
25-11-04 (-2) Flight attendant seat assembly (single or dual posi-

tion) - Excess flight attendant seats
Affected seat to remain in stowed position

Ensure seat stows automatically or secure seat into stowed position
________________________________________________________
25-21-05 (-2) Passenger Seats - Recline Mechanism
Lock the In-operative Seat Back Recline Mechanism

Lock the In-Operative Recline Mechanism in the upright position, IAW
AMM Task 25-21-01-820-001-A00.
________________________________________________________
MX 25 - 1
REV. 18 DATE: 07-15-08
________________________________________________________
25-22-00 (-1) Overhead storage bin (s) / cabin and galley storage
compartment / closets, closed
Secure overhead storage bin (s) / cabin and galley storage compart-
ment / closets, closed
Secure closed as required
________________________________________________________
25-27-02 (-2) Lavatory Bulkhead Peephole
If the Lavatory Bulkhead Peephole is missing or has been removed,

block the hole.
Cover the remaining hole with Speedtape from both sides of the bulk-
head.
________________________________________________________
25-27-09 (-1) Forward attendant control panel cover - Control

panel cover removal
Remove forward attendant control panel cover

- Remove four panel cover hinge screws
- Remove the panel cover
- Reinstall the 4 hinge screws
________________________________________________________
25-30-01 (-1) Galley waste receptacles access doors / covers
Deactivate inoperative waste container

- Ensure affected container is empty
- Placard next to access door “DO NOT USE”
- Secure container access closed to prevent introduction of waste
________________________________________________________
MX 25 - 2
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06

ATA 26 - Fire Protection
________________________________________________________
26-14-00 (-1) Lavatory smoke detection systems
Deactivate lavatory
- Ensure waste receptacle is empty
- Placard door “INOPERATIVE - DO NOT ENTER”
________________________________________________________
26-21-02 (-1) E1 (2) EXTBTLA (B) INOP caution messages
Verify associated extinguisher circuit is operational

- On the circuit breaker panel, open circuit breakers:
- FIRE EXTG BTL A 1/2
- FIRE EXTG BTL B 1/2
- Open the access door 312AF to gain access to the tail cone compart-
ment
- Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the fire - extinguishing bot-
tle cartridges (2)
- Energize the aircraft with DC power supply
- Check the continuity to ground from Pin A of the electrical connectors.
- Correct continuity as required
- On the circuit breaker panel, close circuit breakers:
Examine fire handle 1 as follows
- Pull fire handle 1 and turn it left
- There must be 28 V DC between pins A and B, and pins A and pins
C of electrical connector P0917
- Turn fire handle 1 right
- There must be 28 V DC between pins A and B, and pins A and C of
electrical connector P0920
- Push fire handle 1 to put it back to the normal condition
- Make sure that there is a voltage of approximately 21.5 V DC
between pins A and B, and pins A and C of electrical connectors
P917 and P920
Examine fire handle 2 as follows:
MX 26 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
- Pull fire handle 2 and turn it left

- There must be 28 V DC between pins A and B, and pins A and C of
electrical connector P0918
- Turn the fire handle 2 to the right
- There must be 28 V DC between pins A and B and pins A and C of
the electrical connector P0929
- Push fire handle 2 to put it back to the normal condition
- Make sure that there is a voltage of approximately 21.5 V DC
between pins A and B, and A and C of electrical connectors P918
and P929.
- De-energize the aircraft
- On the circuit breaker panel, open circuit breakers:
- Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the corresponding fire - extin-
guishing bottle cartridges (2)
- Close the access door 312AR
- On the circuit breaker panel, close circuit breakers:
MX 26 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 26 - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 26 - 4
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
26-22-01 (-1) APU EXTBL INOP caution message
Verify that APU extinguisher bottle is operational
Set Up:
- Open the access door 312AR to gain access to the APU fire extinguish-
ing bottle
WARNING: Make sure that the landing gear safety pins are
installed to prevent injuries to persons and damage to material
- Remove the access panel 156EZ to gain access to the APU fuel shutoff
valve
Task:
- On the circuit breaker panel open the circuit breaker APU FIRE EXTG
WARNING: When you connect or disconnect the electrical con-

nector of the bottle cartridge, or when you keep it disconnected,
you must be very careful with the pins of its receptacle
- Disconnect the electrical connector to the bottle cartridge

- Energize the aircraft with an external DC power supply
- Do a check for continuity to the ground from Pin A of the electrical con-
nector
- Set the APU master switch to the “ON” position
- The mechanical position indicator of the APU fuel shutoff valve goes
to the “OPEN” position
CAUTION: Make sure that the electrical connector of the extinguish-

ing bottle cartridge is disconnected
- On the circuit breaker panel, close the APU FIRE EXTG circuit breaker
- Push the APU fire extinguishing switch and keep it pushed
- The mechanical position indicator of the APU shutoff valve goes to
the “CLOSE” position
- Make sure that there is 28V DC between pins A and B and pins A
and C of the cartridge connector
- Release the APU fire extinguishing switch
- Make sure that there is approximately 21.5V DC between pins A and
B and pins A and C of the connector
MX 26 - 5
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
- Set the APU master switch to the off position
Close Up:
CAUTION: Make sure that the APU Fire-Extinguishing switch is not

pushed, and that there is no person in the tail cone com-
partment
- On the circuit breaker panel, open the circuit breaker APU FIRE EXTG
WARNING: When you connect or disconnect the electrical con-

nector of the bottle cartridge, or when you keep it disconnected,
you must be very careful with the pins of its receptacle
- Connect the electrical connector to the bottle cartridge
NOTE: Make sure that the colored identification and inscription

match those of the ring sticker applied around the bottle outlet
WARNING: Make sure that the landing gear safety pins are
installed to prevent injuries to persons and damage to material
- Install access panel 156EZ

- Close the access door 312AR
- On the circuit breaker panel close the circuit breaker APU FIRE EXTG
- Deenergize the aircraft
MX 26 - 6
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 26 - 7
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
26-23-00 (-1) Baggage compartment fire extinguishing system
Verify system is closed

- Pull the “BAGGAGE RECIRC FAN” circuit breaker and collar; inspect to
ensure fan check valve remains closed. Ref MM 26-23
________________________________________________________
MX 26 - 8
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
26-25-00 (-2) Lavatory fire extinguishing system
Deactivate lavatory
- Ensure waste receptacle is empty
- Placard door “INOPERATIVE - DO NOT ENTER”
________________________________________________________
MX 26 - 9
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 26 - 10
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05

ATA 27 - Flight Controls
________________________________________________________
27-10-01 (-1) Aileron Dampers
Perform visual inspection of the affected PCA rod ends and fittings.
Carry out the inspection of the rod end (PCA) and respective con-
necting fittings, at the aileron connection points in the PCA as fol-
lows (refer to figure 1):
- Lift the aileron, pulling it upward manually, to gain access to the inspec-
tion area.
- Perform a visual inspection of the rod end (PCA), at the aileron connec-
tion points in the PCA, by using a mirror and a flashlight. Refer to figure 1.
- If any rod end is cracked or failed , the PCA must be
replaced by a new one. Refer to the applicable “ Aircraft
Maintenance Manual” - Chapter 27 (TASK 27-12- 01-000-
801-A - Removal, TASK 27-12-01-400-801-A - Installation)
- Flight Controls. Any replacement that must be made as a
result of this inspection, document on a non-routine.
- Perform a visual inspection of the rod end (PCA) connecting fitting at the
aileron connection points for presence of cracks, by using a mirror and a
flashlight. Refer to figure 1.
- In case any discrepancy is detected, replace the affected
aileron according to the applicable "Aircraft Maintenance
Manual" - Chapter 27 (TASK 27-10- 00-000-801-A and
TASK 27-10-00-400-801-A) - Flight Controls. Any
replacement that must be made as a result of this
inspection, document on a non-routine.
- If no rod end and respective connecting fitting is cracked or failed, no
further action is required.
Carry out the inspection of the rod end (PCA) and respective con-
necting fittings, at the wing structure connection points, in the PCA,
as follows (refer to figure 2):
- Remove access door 551CB. Refer to applicable AMM“Aircraft Mainte-
nance Manual” - Chapter 6-44-00, Dimensions & Areas.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM

IS NOT ACTUATED INADVERTENTLY TO AVOID
INJURY TO PERSONS.
MX 27- 1
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
- Perform a visual inspection of the rod end (PCA), at the wing structure
connection points in the PCA, by using a mirror and a flashlight. Refer to
figure 2.
- If any rod end is cracked or failed , the PCA must be
replaced by a new one. Refer to the applicable “Aircraft
Maintenance Manual” - Chapter 27 (TASK 27-12-01- 000-
801-A - Removal, TASK 27-12-01-400-801-A - Installation)
- Flight Controls. Any replacement that must be made as a
result of this inspection, document on a non-routine.
- Perform a visual inspection of the rod end (PCA) connecting fittings at
the wing connection points for presence of cracks, by using a mirror and
a flashlight. Refer to figure 2.
- In case any discrepancy is detected, replace the affected
fitting with a new one bearing the same P/N. Any
replacement that must be made as a result of this
inspection, document on a non-routine.
- Install access door 551CB. Refer to applicable AMM “Aircraft Mainte-
nance Manual” - Chapter 6-44-00, Dimensions & Areas.
MX 27 - 2
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
________________________________________________________
MX 27- 3
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
27-21-03 (-1)Pedal adjustment mechanisms
Adjust affected pedal mechanisms

- Adjust rudder pedals to a position acceptable to affected crewmember:
- Make sure the CB0383 (E5) is opened.
- Remove cockpit underfloor access hatch 123BL(AMM 06-41-01/
101).
- In the interconnection pedal assembly, locate the pedal regulator
guide. Inside the guide there will be a pedal regulator spindle.
Using an 1/4" wrench, turn slowly clockwise or counterclockwise
to move the rudder pedal assembly forward or rearward to suit the
pilot requirements.
NOTE: Make sure that the 1/4" wrench fits in the protruded end of
the spindle to avoid any damage to the component.
- Once finished the adjustment, install cockpit underfloor access

hatch 123BL (AMM 06-41-01/101).
- Close CB0383 (E5) and return the aircraft back to service
MX 27 - 4
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
________________________________________________________
MX 27- 5
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
27-53-00 (-1) Flap channels

Flap channel deactivation:
- Remove panel 193AL to gain access to the Flap Electronic Control Unit
(FECU)
- Gain access to the Flap Electronic Control Unit (FECU) through the wing
fairing rear panel
- Disconnect and stow the affected electrical connector. P1101 (Channel
1) pr P1102 (Channel 2)
- Install panel 193AL ref AMM 06-41-01/101
MX 27 - 6
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
27-70-00 (-1) Gust lock system - Mechanical system
Perform Gust Lock system check:

- Gain access to the Gust Lock system (Refer to AMM 06-41-01/101)
- Check the connecting rod 1 for proper attachment (See Fig.)
- Check the crank 1, tension spring and gust lock torque tube for distor-
tion, proper movement and loosing parts
- Check the connecting rod 2 for proper attachment
NOTE: If any connecting rod or related attachment are found dam-

aged, remove the part
- Check the elevator right forward torque tube for distortion, proper move-
ment and loosing parts
NOTE: To avoid damage to the flight control system when the gust
lock is disengaged, the aircraft should be parked in areas not
subjected to gust, such as directed into the wind or inside a
hanger whenever possible
- Verify the gust lock lever is in the release position

- Move the Throttle Levers fully forward and aft to verify freedom of move-
ment
MX 27- 7
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
MX 27 - 8
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
________________________________________________________
MX 27- 9
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
27-70-00 (-2) Gust lock system - Electro-mechanical system

Perform Gust Lock system check:
- Pull the Air / Ground D circuit breaker (A29) and attach a DO-NOT-
CLOSE tag to it
- Move the control column backward and forward full stroke
- If the control column moves full stroke freely and the Gust Lock lever is
at locked or intermediate position:
- Perform Task 27-71-06-900-801-A (AMM) to manually unlock the
electromechanical Gust Lock
- If the solenoid rod is jammed or locked and cannot be moved man-
ually:
- Perform TASK 27-71-06-000-801-A (AMM) to remove the Gust
Lock solenoid
- Move the Gust Lock lever to unlocked position
- Perform TASK 27-71-06-400-801-A (AMM) to install the Gust Lock
solenoid
- Pull and collar the Gust Lock circuit breaker (F24)
- Push back in the Air/Ground D circuit breaker (A29) and remove the
DO-NOT-CLOSE tag from it
- If the control column moves full stroke freely and the Gust Lock lever is
at unlocked position:
- Try to move the Gust Lock lever to locked position and make sure
that it does not occur
- If the control column does not move and the Gust Lock lever is at locked
or intermediate position:
- Perform TASK 27-71-00-200-801-A (AMM) to do a detailed visual
inspection on the electromechanical Gust Lock mechanism. Check
for broken, locked or jammed parts
- Perform TASK 27-71-01-000-801-A (AMM) to remove the electro-
mechanical Gust Lock actuator located at the tail torque box
actuator locking device to keep the locking pins in the unlocked posi-
tion
- Perform TASK 27-71-06-900-801-A (AMM) to manually unlock the
electromechanical Gust Lock
- If the solenoid rod is jammed or locked and cannot be moved man-
ually:
- Perform TASK 27-71-06-000-801-A (AMM) to remove the Gust
Lock solenoid
- Move the Gust Lock lever to unlocked position
MX 27 - 10
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08

solenoid
- If the control column does not move and the Gust Lock lever is at
unlocked position:
- Perform TASK 27-71-00-200-801-A (AMM) to do a detailed visual
inspection on the electromechanical Gust Lock mechanism. Check
for broken, locked or jammed parts
- Perform TASK 27-71-01-000-801-A (AMM) to remove the electrome-
chanical Gust Lock actuator located at the tail torque box
actuator locking device to keep the locking pins in the unlocked posi-
tion
- Try to move the Gust Lock lever to locked position and make sure
that it does not occur
- Verify the gust lock lever is in the release position
- Move the Throttle Levers fully forward and aft to verify freedom of
movement
Mask GUST LOCK amber lights:

- Mask GUST LOCK amber lights
________________________________________________________
MX 27- 11
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
MX 27 - 12
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 28 - Fuel
________________________________________________________
28-11-02 (-1) Sump drain valves
Leakage check
- Visually check the affected valve to ensure there is no evidence of leak-
age
- Sump the opposite tank to ensure there is no evidence of water contam-
ination (To be accomplished prior to the first departure each flight day)
________________________________________________________
28-11-05 (-1) Fueling receptacle cap
Fueling receptacle inspection:

- Before refueling check the receptacle for no contamination
- After refueling check for no evidence of leakage
________________________________________________________
28-21-01 (-1) Electric fuel booster pump
Electric fuel booster pump deactivation:

Pull and collar C/B for affected pump
FUEL PUMP 1A (A1), FUEL PUMP 1B (A33), FUEL PUMP 1C (G3),

FUEL PUMP 2A (A34), FUEL PUMP 2B (A2), FUEL PUMP 2C (G32)
________________________________________________________
28-21-02 (-1) Electric fuel booster pump operating indications
Verify the electric fuel booster pump normal operation by checking

the automatic transference system actuation
- Energize the aircraft with an external DC power supply
- Set the MFD to the fuel page
CAUTION: Damage to the fuel pump will occur if it operates with no

fuel (dry operation). Thus check the fuel level in the
tanks before you turn on the pump
MX 28 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
- Start the APU

- Start the engines and keep the thrust levers in idle position
- Set the fuel pump switches to 1A (2A)
- The MFD shows A for Tank 1 (Tank 2)
- On the circuit breaker panel, open the fuel pump 1A (2A) circuit breaker
- On the MFD, the indication of the related tank changes to B, C, and
OFF intermittently
- On the circuit breaker panel, close the circuit breaker Fuel Pump 1A
(2A)
- The A indication comes into view on the MFD again
- Set the fuel pump switch to 1B (2B)
- The MFD shows B for Tank 1 (Tank 2)
- On the circuit breaker panel, open the FUEL PUMP 1B (2B) circuit
breaker
- On the MFD, the indication of the related tank changes to A, C, and
OFF intermittently
- On the circuit breaker panel, close the FUEL PUMP 1B (2B) circuit
breaker
- The B indication comes into view on the MFD again
- Set the fuel pump switch to 1C (2C)
- The MFD display shows C for tank 1 (Tank 2)
- On the circuit breaker panel, open the FUEL PUMP 1C (2C) circuit
breaker
- On the MFD, the indication of the related tank changes to A, B, and
OFF intermittently
- On the circuit breaker panel, close the FUEL PUMP 1C (2C) circuit
breaker
- The indication C comes into view again on the MFD
- On the fuel control panel, set the fuel pump switches to 1A and 2A
- The MFD display shows A for Tank 1 and Tank 2
- Set the PUMP PWR TANK 1 and TANK 2 switches to the off position
- The MFD shows OFF
- The messages E1 and E2 FUEL LO PRESS (Caution) comes into
view on the EICAS
- The message APU FUEL LOO PRESS (Caution) comes into view on
the EICAS
- The aural caution alarm (bell) operates
- The master caution lights blink
NOTE: Push on of the caution lights switches to cancel the blinking lights
- Set the PUMP PWR TANK 1 and TANK 2 switches to the ON position
- The CAUTION E1, E2 FUEL LO PRESS and APU FUEL LO PRESS
messages go out of view on the EICAS display
- The MFD display shows A for TANK 1 and TANK 2
MX 28 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
- Stop the engines

- Stop the APU
________________________________________________________
MX 28 - 3
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
28-22-01 (-1) APU fuel shutoff valve

APU fuel shutoff valve secured closed:
- Remove panels156EZ/DZ to gain access to the valve
- Gain access to the valve
- Remove insulate and stow electrical connector
- Position and safety with lock wire, the valve position indicator (override
lever) at the closed position
- Pull and collar the APU FUEL SOV circuit breaker (C31)
- Install panels 156EZ/DZ ref AMM 06-41-01/101
________________________________________________________
28-23-00 (-1) Pressure defueling / refueling system

When refueling is required, the flight crew will monitor the fueling
vendors during the gravity refueling process:
Note: Fueling vendor will perform the gravity refueling,
under direction of the flight crew.
Verify correct method is used to gravity refuel the aircraft:
- Ground the aircraft
MX 28 - 4
CHQ REV. 14 DATE: 09-01-06
- Do all grounding connections between the fuel source, the aircraft,

and the fuel nozzle
- Make sure the fueling source is filtered. If not, use a chamois-leather
filter with funnel to filter the fuel
- Open the filler caps 541FT for the LH tank or 641FT for the RH tank
- Put the fueling nozzle into the filler port
- Start the fueling. At the same time, monitor the fuel level in the tank
- Remove the fueling nozzle from the filler port after you have the correct
fuel level in the tank.
- Close filler caps 541FT for the LH tank or 641FT for the RH tank
- Remove the grounding cable from the aircraft
________________________________________________________
MX 28 - 5
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
28-23-07 (-1) Defueling shutoff valve
Defueling shutoff valve secured closed:

- Remove panels 155EZ/156EZ to gain access to the valve
- Remove the insulate and stow the electrical connector
- Position and safety the valve override lever at the closed position, the
same way as for MEL Item 28-22-01 (-1)
- Pull and collar the DEFUELING circuit breaker (G31)
- Install panels 155EZ/156EZ ref AMM 06-41-01/101
________________________________________________________
28-23-08 (-1) Fuel quantity indicator (Refueling panel)
When refueling is required, the flight crew will monitor the fueling
vendors during the gravity refueling process:
Note: Fueling vendor will perform the gravity refueling,

under direction of the flight crew.
Verify correct method is used to gravity refuel the aircraft:

- Reference MEL Item 28-23-00 (-1) for gravity refueling procedures
________________________________________________________
MX 28 - 6
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08

ATA 29 - Hydraulic Power
________________________________________________________
29-10-02 (-1) GSE couplings (External)
Isolate failed coupling / plumbing from the hydraulic system

- On the circuit breaker panel, open the ELEC PUMP 1 and (or) ELEC
PUMP 2 circuit breaker(s) and collar
WARNING: THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CONTAINS PHOSPHATE-

ESTER HYDRAULIC FLUID. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE IRRI-
TATION IN YOUR SKIN OR INJURY TO YOUR EYES. USE
THE APPLICABLE GOGGLES AND RUBBER GLOVES. IF
THE FLUID TOUCHES YOU, FLUSH YOUR SKIN WITH
WATER. IF IT GETS IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH THEM WITH
WATER AND GET MEDICAL HELP.
- Depressurize the related hydraulic system

- Remove access panels 193BL, and (or) 193CR
- Disconnect the hydraulic lines (1)
- Remove the protective caps (2) from the external couplings (3)
- Remove the nuts (4), washers (5), and screws (6)
- Remove the external couplings (3)
- Cap (plug) the associated hydraulic lines
- Install access panels 193BL, and (or) 193CR ref AMM 06-41-01/101
MX 29 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 29 - 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
29-10-14 (-1) Reservoir refilling check valves
Remove failed valve and isolate plumbing


ESTER HYDRAULIC FLUID. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE
IRRITATION IN YOUR SKIN OR INJURY TO YOUR EYES.
USE THE APPLICABLE GOGGLES AND RUBBER
GLOVES. IF THE FLUID TOUCHES YOU, FLUSH YOUR
SKIN WITH WATER. IF IT GETS IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH
THEM WITH WATER AND GET MEDICAL HELP.

- Remove access panels 193BL and (or) 193CR
- Disconnect the hydraulic line (1)
- Remove the nut (2) and washer (3)
- Remove the reservoir-refill check valve (4)
- Cap (plug) the associated hydraulic lines
MX 29 - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 29 - 4
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
29-10-16 (-1) Pressure ground connection check valves
Remove failed valve and isolate plumbing:


ESTER HYDRAULIC FLUID. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE
IRRITATION IN YOUR SKIN OR INJURY TO YOUR EYES.
USE THE APPLICABLE GOGGLES AND RUBBER
GLOVES. IF THE FLUID TOUCHES YOU, FLUSH YOUR
SKIN WITH WATER. IF IT GETS IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH
THEM WITH WATER AND GET MEDICAL HELP.

- Remove access panels 193BL and (or) 193CR
- Disconnect the hydraulic line (1)
- Remove the check valve (2) with the related O-ring (3)
- Discard the O-ring (3) removed in step 2
- Cap (plug) the associated hydraulic line and manifold
MX 29 - 5
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 29 - 6
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
29-10-19 (-1) Deactivate the EDP pressure switch (System 1)
Remove the EDP pressure switch (System 1):

- Remove the EDP pressure switch.
- On the circuit breaker panel, open the ELEC PUMP 1 and (or)
ELEC PUMP 2 circuit breaker(s) and attach a DO-NOT-CLOSE
tag to it (them).
- Depressurize the related hydraulic system (TASK 29-10-00-860-
802-A).
- Remove access panels 193BL (AMM 06-41-01/101).
WARNING: THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CONTAINS PHOS-
PHATE-ESTER HYDRAULIC FLUID. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE
IRRITATION IN YOUR SKIN OR INJURY TO YOUR EYES. USE
THE APPLICABLE GOGGLES AND RUBBER GLOVES. IF THE
FLUID TOUCHES YOU, FLUSH YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. IF
IT GETS IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH THEM WITH WATER AND
GET MEDICAL HELP.
- Disconnect the electrical connector (1).
- Remove the pressure switch (2) with the related O-ring (3).
- Discard the O-ring (3) removed in step (2).
- Plug the hydraulic line. Torque the plug to 14.1 - 15.3 N.m (125 - 135
lb.in).
- Fasten and protect the electrical connector as follows:
NOTE: This procedure prevents friction between the connector and adja-
cent parts.
- Cut a 150mm length of heat-shrinkable spaghetti (P/N DR-25-1).
- Slide the heat-shrinkable spaghetti over the connector as far as the
knurled portion of the connector.
- Hold the open end of the spaghetti with a pair of pliers and heat-
shrink the spaghetti. Start from the connector side to the open end.
- Attach the connector harness with tiedown straps in the correct area.
The connector must face down.
- Attach a ²PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVED² placard to the affected
plumbing.
- On the circuit breaker panel, close the ELEC PUMP 1 and (or) ELEC
PUMP 2 circuit breaker(s) and remove the DO-NOT-CLOSE tag from it
(them).
- Pressurize the related hydraulic system and make sure that there are no
leaks in the pressure switch. To pressurize the hydraulic system with the
EDP, start the engine (TASK 71-00-01-910-801-A).
- Do the bleed of air from the hydraulic system lines (TASK 29-10-00-860-
803-A).
- Install access panels 193BL and (or) 193CR (AMM 06-41-01/101).
MX 29 - 7
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
________________________________________________________
MX 29 - 8
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
29-30-00 (-1) Hydraulic fluid quantity indications (including low

level warning)
Perform hydraulic fluid quantity check:

- Open system 1 door 193EL
NOTE: Make sure that the landing gear accumulator has a pre-load of
nitrogen only. Make sure that the landing gear is down and locked
- Open system 2 door 193HR
NOTE: Make sure that the emergency / parking brake accumulator has a
precharge of nitrogen only
- On the hydraulic fluid level indicator make sure that the pointer is
between the 4.5 and 5.5 liter marks (normal range)
NOTE: The shaded region is the dispatchability range. If the pointer is

below the refill mark, fill the reservoir until you have the correct full
level mark. Low level in the reservoir can be a sign that there is a
leak in the system
- Check fluid level (if level indicator is inoperative)

- Open the related hydraulic fluid reservoir access panel 193BL or 193CR
(AMM6-41-01/101)
- Remove the vent filter (1), (See Fig. detail B)
- Cut the lockwire (2)
- Remove the screws (3)
- Insert a small rod in the vent filter hole until the piston head is touched
(to measure the piston displacement)
- Make sure piston displacement is at or below 30 mm.
- If displacement is above 30 mm, perform TASK 12-13-01-600-802-A
(AMM) to replenish the reservoir.
- Install the vent filter (1), (See Fig. detail B)
- Install the two screws (3)
- Install the lockwire (2)
- Close the related hydraulic fluid reservoir access panel 193BL or 193CR
- Close system 1 door 193EL
- Close system 2 door 193HR
MX 29 - 9
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
MX 29 - 10
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
________________________________________________________
MX 29 - 11
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
29-30-01 (-1) Reservoir quantity gauges
Perform hydraulic fluid quantity check:

- Reference MEL item 29-30-00 (-1) for procedures of checking fluid level
with level indicator inoperative
________________________________________________________
MX 29 - 12
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
29-30-04 (-1) Electric Pump Pressure Switch (Hydraulic System 1)
Remove the EMDP pressure switch (System 1):

- Remove the EMDP pressure switch.
- On the circuit breaker panel, open the ELEC PUMP 1 and (or)
ELEC PUMP 2 circuit breaker(s) and attach a DO-NOT-CLOSE
tag to it (them).
- Depressurize the related hydraulic system (TASK 29-10-00-860-
802-A).
- Remove access panels 193BL (AMM 06-41-01/101).
WARNING: THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CONTAINS PHOS-
PHATE-ESTER HYDRAULIC FLUID. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE
IRRITATION IN YOUR SKIN OR INJURY TO YOUR EYES. USE
THE APPLICABLE GOGGLES AND RUBBER GLOVES. IF THE
FLUID TOUCHES YOU, FLUSH YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. IF
IT GETS IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH THEM WITH WATER AND
GET MEDICAL HELP.
- Disconnect the electrical connector (1).
- Remove the pressure switch (2) with the related O-ring (3).
- Discard the O-ring (3) removed in step (2).
- Plug the hydraulic line. Torque the plug to 14.1 - 15.3 N.m (125 - 135
lb.in).
- Fasten and protect the electrical connector as follows:
NOTE: This procedure prevents friction between the connector and adja-
cent parts.
- Cut a 150mm length of heat-shrinkable spaghetti (P/N DR-25-1).
- Slide the heat-shrinkable spaghetti over the connector as far as the
knurled portion of the connector.
- Hold the open end of the spaghetti with a pair of pliers and heat-
shrink the spaghetti. Start from the connector side to the open end.
- Attach the connector harness with tiedown straps in the correct area.
The connector must face down.
- Attach a ²PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVED² placard to the affected
plumbing.
- On the circuit breaker panel, close the ELEC PUMP 1 and (or) ELEC
PUMP 2 circuit breaker(s) and remove the DO-NOT-CLOSE tag from it
(them).
- Pressurize the related hydraulic system (TASK 29-10-00-860-801-A)
and make sure that there are no leaks in the pressure switch.
- Do the bleed of air from the hydraulic system lines (TASK 29-10-00-860-
803-A).
- Install access panels 193BL and (or) 193CR (AMM 06-41-01/101).
MX 29 - 13
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
________________________________________________________
MX 29 - 14
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08

ATA 30 - Ice and Rain Protection
________________________________________________________
30-11-01 (-1) Wing anti-icing valves
Secure wing anti-icing valve in closed position

- Remove access panel(s) 191EL (LH side) and/or 191FR (RH side) to
gain access to the valve(s)
- Remove the lock bolt from the stow position
- Rotate the valve to the closed position. (Align the position indicator hole
with the cover assembly threaded hole by using a 1/4” socket or end
wrench on the exposed shaft)
- Install the lock bolt and torque until there is a gap of 0.25 to 1.25 mm
between the under side of the bolt and the top surface of the position
indicator
- Install access panel(s) 191EL (LH side) and/or 191FR (RH side) ref
AMM 06-41-01/101
________________________________________________________
MX 30 - 1
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
30-11-02 (-1) Wing anti-icing valve OPEN light
Perform operational check of wing anti-icing system

- Remove access panels 191EL and 191FR
- Remove the landing light
1. Set the switches as follows:
- PACK 1 and PACK 2 - OFF
- XBLEED - CLOSED
- STAB - OFF
- WING - AUTO
- OVERRIDE - ALL
LH WING
2. (PRE-MOD.S.B.145-30-0022) Remove the plug from the manifold
(overpressure and low pressure switches) in the LH wing-to-fuselage
fairing and connect a pressure gauge to the test point
3. (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0022) Remove the plug from the manifold
(overpressure and low pressure transducers) in the LH wing-to-fuse-
lage fairing and connect a pressure gauge to the test point.
4. (PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0022) Remove the plug from the test point of
the piccolo pressure-drop switch (in the LH landing light compartment)
and connect a pressure gauge to the test point.
5. (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0022) Remove the plug from the test point
of the piccolo burst pressure transducer (in the LH landing light com-
partment) and connect a pressure gauge to the test point.
6. Start the APU (TASK 49-10-00-910-802-A).
7. Set the APU BLEED switch to ON.
CAUTION: DO NOT HOLD THE TEST SWITCH IN POSITION 1 OR 2

FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS.
8. Set the TEST switch to 1 or 2 and hold it for 15 seconds.

9. Do the check of the pressure at the anti-icing valve outlet as follows:
- Measure the pressure (pressure gauge installed at the manifold
inside the wing-to-fuselage fairing) and write it.
- (PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0016) The pressure value must be 18 ± 2
psig.
- (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0016 and PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-
0021) The pressure value must be 19 ± 2 psig.
- (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0021) The pressure value must be 18 ±
1.5 psig.
MX 30 - 2
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
10.If the pressure is not in the specified range, replace the LH wing anti-
icing valve (TASK 30-11-01-000-801-A) and go to item (9).
11.If the pressure is in the range specified above, continue the test.
12.Measure the pressure at the wing piccolo-tube tip (pressure gauge
installed in the LH landing-light compartment) and write it.
13.The pressure in the wing piccolo-tube tip must be more than 5.6 psig.
14.If the pressure does not agree with the value in step 13, do a check for
leakage in the connections, hose, and monitoring line (TASK 30-11-09-
700-801-A). If the problem continues, change the piccolo tube (TASK
30-11-07-000-801-A) and do the test again.
15.Set the APU BLEED switch to OFF.
16.Stop the APU (TASK 49-10-00-910-803-A).
17.Disconnect the pressure gauge from the test point of the manifold and
install a plug in the manifold.
18.Disconnect the pressure gauge of the test point (inside the LH landing
compartment) and install a plug in the test point.
RH WING
19.Disconnect the electrical connector of the LH wing anti-icing valve.
20.(PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0022) Remove the plug from the manifold
(overpressure and low pressure switches) in the RH wing-to-fuselage
fairing and connect a pressure gauge to the test point.
21.(POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0022) Remove the plug from the manifold
(overpressure and low pressure transducers) in the RH wing-to-fuse-
lage fairing and connect a pressure gauge to the test point.
22.(PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0022) Remove the plug from the test point of
the piccolo pressure-drop switch (in the RH landing light compartment)
and connect a pressure gauge to the test point.
23.(POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0022) Remove the plug from the test point
of the piccolo burst pressure transducer (in the RH landing light com-
partment) and connect a pressure gauge to the test point.
24.Set the XBLEED switch to OPEN.
25.Start the APU (TASK 49-10-00-910-802-A).
26.Set the APU BLEED switch to ON.
CAUTION: DO NOT HOLD THE TEST SWITCH IN POSITION 1 OR 2

FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS.
27.Set the TEST switch to 1 or 2 and hold it for 15 seconds.
MX 30 - 3
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
28.Do the check of the pressure at the anti-icing valve outlet as follows:
- With the pressure gauge installed at the manifold inside the wing-to-
fuselage fairing, measure the pressure and write it.
- (PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0016) The pressure value must be 18 ± 2
psig.
- (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0016 and PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-
0021) The pressure value must be 19 ± 2 psig.
- (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0021) The pressure value must be 18 ±
1.5 psig.
29.If the regulated pressure is not in the specified range, replace the RH
wing anti-icing valve (TASK 30-11-01-000-801-A) and go to item (28).
30.Measure the pressure at the wing piccolo tube tip (pressure gauge
installed in the RH landing light compartment) and write it.
31.The pressure in the piccolo tube tip must be more than 5.6 psig.
32.If the pressure does not agree with the value in step 31, do a check for
leakage in the connections, hose, and monitoring line (TASK 30-11-09-
700-801-A). If the problem continues, change the piccolo tube (TASK
30-11-07-000-801-A) and do the test again.
33.Set the APU BLEED switch to OFF.
34.Shut down the APU (TASK 49-10-00-910-803-A).
35.Connect the electrical connector to the LH wing anti-icing valve.
install a plug to the manifold
37.Disconnect the pressure gauge from the test point (in the RH landing
compartment) and install a plug to the test point.
- Install access panels 191EL and 191FR (AMM 06-41-01/101).
- Install the landing light covers (TASK 33-41-02-400-801-A).
MX 30 - 4
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 30 - 5
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
30-12-01 (-1) Stabilizer anti-icing valve

Secure stabilizer anti-icing valve in closed position
- Remove panel 322AL to gain access to the valve
- Remove the lock bolt from the stow position
- Rotate the valve to the closed position. (Align the position indicator hole
with the cover assembly threaded hole by using a 1/4” socket or end
wrench on the exposed valve shaft)
- Install the lock bolt and torque until there is a gap of 0.25 to 1.25 mm
between the under side of the bolt head and the top surface of the posi-
tion indicator
- Install panel 322AL ref AMM 06-42-00
________________________________________________________
30-12-02 (-1) Stabilizer anti-icing valve OPEN light

Operational check of the stabilizer anti-icing system
- Remove access panel 324FR (AMM 06-42-00/101)
- (For aircraft with access panel 337AZ) Remove access panel 337AZ
(AMM 06-42-00/101)
- (For aircraft without access panel 337AZ) Remove the horizontal stabi-
lizer front movable fairings (TASK 55-36-00-000-801-A)
MX 30 - 6
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE DUCTS OR COMPONENTS OF THE

ANTI-ICING SYSTEM IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SYS-
TEM IS TURNED OFF. THE HIGH AIR TEMPERATURE
CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
NOTE: The hoses for the test must not be longer than 2000 mm (78.74
in) and their diameter must not be more than ¼ in
1. Remove the plug from the manifold (overpressure and low pressure
switches) in the vertical stabilizer and connect a pressure gauge to
the test point, to measure the pressure of the horizontal-stabilizer
valve outlet
NOTE: To measure the pressure at the differential pressure switch, it is
possible to use a differential pressure gauge or two pressure
gauges, as specified
2. (Using a differential pressure gauge) Remove the plugs from the test
point of the differential pressure switch and connect a “TEE” to permit
the installation of a differential pressure gauge to measure the pressure
at the differential pressure switch and a pressure gauge to measure the
pressure at piccolo tube, as shown (Figure 503)
3. (Using two pressure gauges) Remove the plugs from the test point of
the differential pressure switch and connect a “TEE” to permit the
installation of two pressure gauge to measure the pressure at the differ-
ential pressure switch and the pressure at piccolo tube, as shown (Fig-
ure 503)
4. Set the switches as follows:
- PACK 1 and PACK 2 - OFF
- XBLEED - AUTO
- WING - OFF
- STAB - ON
- OVERRIDE - ALL
- ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 - OFF
5. Start the APU (TASK 49-10-00-910-802-A)
6. Set the APU BLEED switch to ON
CAUTION: DO NOT HOLD THE TEST SWITCH AT POSITIONS 1 OR 2

FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS
7. Set the TEST switch to 1 or 2 and hold it for 15 seconds

8. Do the check of the pressure at the stab anti-icing valve outlet as fol-
lows:
- (PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0016) Measure the pressure (pressure
gauge installed at manifold) and write it
- The pressure value must be 18 ± 2 psig.
MX 30 - 7
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
- (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0016 and PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0021)

Measure the pressure (pressure gauge installed at manifold) and
write it
- The pressure value must be 19 ± 2 psig
- (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0021) Measure the pressure (pressure
gauge installed at manifold) and write it
- The pressure value must be 18 ± 1.5 psig.
9. If the regulated pressure is not in this range, replace the stab anti-icing
valve (TASK 30-12-01-000-801-A) and go to item (7)
10.If the regulated pressure is at the above value, continue the test.
11.Read the pressure on the differential pressure gauge or the difference
between the two pressure gauges and write it
- The differential pressure must not be more than 0.2 psig.
12.Measure the pressure at the horizontal stabilizer piccolo tube and write
it
- The pressure at the piccolo tube tip must be more than 5.0 psig.
13.If the pressures do not agree with the correct values, do a check for
leakage in the monitoring lines (TASK 30-12-10-700-801-A)
14.If the problem continues, replace the piccolo tube (TASK 30-12-06-
000-801-A) and do the test again
15.Set the APU BLEED switch to OFF
16.Stop the APU (TASK 49-10-00-910-803-A)
install a plug to the test point
18.Disconnect the pressure gauges from the test point of the differential
pressure switch
19.Disconnect the TEE from the test point of the differential pressure
switch
20.Install a plug to the test point
- Install access panel 324FR (AMM 06-42-02/101)
- (For aircraft with access panel 337AZ) Install access panel 337AZ (AMM
06-42-00/101)
- (For aircraft without access panel 337AZ) Install the horizontal stabilizer
front movable fairings (TASK 55-36-00-000-801-A).
MX 30 - 8
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 30 - 9
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 30 - 10
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
30-21-01 (-1) Engine anti-icing valves

Gain Access to the Valve
- Open panel 412AT or 422AT of the upper cowling (AMM 06-43-00/101).
Perform TASK 30-21-01-200-801-A (AMM) for Engine Anti-Ice Valve
check.
- Remove the engine anti-icing valve (TASK 30-21-01-000-801-A).
- Do a special detailed inspection in the valve for integrity.
(a) Make sure that there is no piece of the valve spring seat broken
off.
(b) If there are inner parts of the valve broken off, do an inspection
on the engine anti-icing duct (TASK 30-21-05-200-801-A).
- Re-install the engine anti-icing valve (TASK 30-21-01-400-801-A).
- Close panel 412AT or 422AT of the upper cowling (AMM 06-43-00/101)
MX 30 - 11
CHQ REV. 14 DATE: 09-01-06
Secure engine anti-icing valve in the open position (P/N: C146009-2

or -3)
- Loosen both lock screws (approximately one turn);
- Press and rotate the manual override pin 270 degrees as indicated to
lock valve in the open position;
- Tighten both lock screws.
P/N C146009-2 or -3
Secure engine anti-icing valve in the open position (P/N: 5460-00-1)

- The manual override is located on the inlet fitting of the valve
- The manual override mechanism is secured by a manual override cap,
which is lockwired to the valve.
- Remove the lockwire and remove the override cap using a 3/16’ wrench
or socket.
- To lock the valve in the open position, insert a 3/32” hex key into the
override screw and tighten the override screw (turn clockwise) until it
stops (the override screw will stop when piston is in the full open posi-
tion).
- Replace the override cap, torque to 40-50 in-lb and install lockwire.
MX 30 - 12
CHQ REV. 14 DATE: 09-01-06
Close Access to the Valve

- Close panel 412AT or 422AT of the upper cowling (AMM 06-43-00/101).
________________________________________________________
MX 30 - 13
CHQ REV. 14 DATE: 09-01-06
30-21-02 (-1) Engine anti-icing valve OPEN light

Operational check of engine anti-icing system
- Remove the LH or RH engine upper cowling 412 or 422 (AMM 06-30-
00/101), (TASK 71-11-01-000-801-A)
- Set the pushbuttons below as follows:
- BLEED 1 and BLEED 2 - OFF
- ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 -ON
LH engine
WARNING: STAY AT A SAFE DISTANCE FROM THE ENGINE IN

OPERATION. DO NOT TOUCH THE LH ENGINE AREA
IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE ENGINE STOPS, BECAUSE
OF THE HIGH TEMPERATURE
- Connect an end of the hose to the LH engine test port and connect the
other end to a pressure gauge at a safe distance from the aircraft
- Set the OVERRIDE knob to ENG
- Start the LH Engine (TASK 71-00-01-910-801-A)
- Set the LH thrust lever to minimum 83% of N2
- Read the pressure on the pressure gauge and write it
NOTE: (PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0006) The pressure value must be 68
± 5 psig. (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0006) The pressure value
must be 69 ± 6 psig
- If the pressure value is out of range, change the engine anti-icing valve
(TASK 30-21-01-000-801-A) and do the test again.
- Stop the LH engine (TASK 71-00-01-910-804-A)
- Remove the hose from the test port and install a plug to it
NOTE: The steps below are applicable to the RH engine
WARNING: STAY AT A SAFE DISTANCE FROM THE ENGINE IN

OPERATION. DO NOT TOUCH THE LH ENGINE AREA
IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE ENGINE STOPS, BECAUSE
OF THE HIGH TEMPERATURE
- Connect an end of the hose to the RH engine test port and connect the
other end to a pressure gauge at a safe distance from the aircraft
- Set the OVERRIDE knob to ENG.
- Start the RH engine (TASK 71-00-01-910-801-A).
- Set the RH thrust lever to minimum 83% of N2.
- Read the pressure on the pressure gauge and write it.
NOTE: (PRE-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0006) The pressure value must be 68
± 5 psig. (POST-MOD. S.B. 145-30-0006) The pressure value
must be 69 ± 6 psig
- If the pressure value is out of range, change the engine anti-icing valve
(TASK 30-21-01-000-801-A) and do the test again
MX 30 - 14
CHQ REV. 14 DATE: 09-01-06
- Stop the RH engine (TASK 71-00-01-910-804-A)

- Remove the hose from the test port and install a plug to it.
- Install the LH or RH engine upper cowling 412 or 422 (AMM 06-30-00/
101), (TASK 71-11-01-400-801-A)
- Set the pushbutton and knob below as follows:
- ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 - OFF
- OVERRIDE - AUTO
MX 30 - 15
CHQ REV. 14 DATE: 09-01-06
________________________________________________________
MX 30 - 16
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
30-31-00 (-1) Pitot/Static Heating Systems
Verify Standby and remaining pitot/static heating systems operate

normally:
NOTE: For MMEL dispatch purposes, the Pitot/Static Heating sys-

tem is comprised of: Pitot Tube Heating, Pitot/Static Heating and
Static Port Heating.
Pitot/Static Heating Operational Check:

NOTE: May be flight crewmember accomplished.
After engine start:

- Check no caution message associated to the remaining static ports
heating after any engine achieves 65% N2.
________________________________________________________
30-42-02 (-1) Windshield Heating Systems
Deactivated affected windshield heating system:

- Pull and safety the WSHLD TEMP circuit breaker associated with the
inoperative windshield (G13 or J20).
WSHLD TEMP CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1 G13
2 J20
________________________________________________________
MX 30 - 17
CHQ REV. 14 DATE: 09-01-06
MX 30 - 18
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05

ATA 31 - Indicating / Recording Systems
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
MX 31 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 31 - 2
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06

ATA 32 - Landing Gear
________________________________________________________
32-33-02 (-1) Landing gear control lever latch system
Override mechanism check:

- Pull the CMD(A30) circuit breaker
- Remove the landing gear control box
- Disconnect the electrical connectors
- Press the DOWN LOCK REL button and check if the control lever Over-
ride mechanism functions normally
- Return the airplane to the former conditions
NOTE: Visually check the landing gear shock absorbers for condition
and leakage
________________________________________________________
32-40-01 (-1) Brake Temperature Indications
Deactivate brake temperature sensor:

- Pull the affected Brake Temperature Sensor circuit breaker and attach
a DO-NOT-CLOSE tag to it::
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT BREAKER

RH and LH Inboard E19
RH and LH Outboard E16
- Open the access panel 193AL. Refer to the AMM 06-41-01/101.

- Disconnect the electrical connector associated to the failed Brake Tem-
perature Sensor:
TEMPERATURE LH LH RH RH
SENSOR OUTBD INBD INBD OUTBD
CONNECTOR P1075 P1077 P1076 P1078
- Secure the harness associated with the disconnected connector with an

appropriate tie-wrap in order to prevent it from moving freely within the
fairing area.
MX 32 - 1
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
- Install a cap (P/N MS90376-16Y or P/N NAS820-16A) in the electrical

connector. Lock wire can be used to hold the cap in its place, if there is
no confidence that it will be held during the aircraft operation.
- Install a cap (P/N MS90376-12RB or P/N NAS831-12C) in the affected
Brake Temperature Signal Conditioner.
- Push back in the affected Brake Temperature Sensor circuit breaker
(E16 or E19) and remove the DO-NOT-CLOSE tag from it.
- Close the access panel 193AL. Refer to the AMM 06-41-01/101.
________________________________________________________
32-41-08 (-1) Brake pressure transducers
Deactivate affected brake pressure transducer

- Open access panel 532AB or 632AB as required
- Locate affected brake pressure transducer and disconnect and stow the
electrical connector. See Fig.
- Verify no leakage is present on the pressure port connection
- Close access panel 532AB or 632AB as appropriate
MX 32 - 2
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
________________________________________________________
MX 32 - 3
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
32-44-05 (-1) Accumulator low pressure switch
Emergency / Parking brake accumulator check:

- Chock the airplane at the wheels
- Open access door 193JR
- Actuate the emergency / parking brake handle at least ten times
- Check that the message EMERG BRK LO PRESS is activated on
EICAS.
- Wait for 3 (three) minutes minimum, and after this interval, make sure
that the pre-charge of nitrogen shown on the pressure gage (1) is 2000
PSI at the ambient temperature of 21.1°C (70°F). For other ambient
temperatures, refer to the graph
- If necessary, charge the accumulator (TASK 32-44-02-600-801-A)
- Pressurize the hydraulic system 2 (TASK 29-10-00-860-801-A) and
make sure that the pressure on the pressure gage (1) is correct (2900
± 200 PSI)
- Close access door 193JR
MX 32 - 4
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
MX 32 - 5
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
________________________________________________________
MX 32 - 6
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
32-44-07 (-1) BRAKE ON cockpit light
Parking brake system check:

- Shut engines down and chock the airplane
- Use APU or GPU as electrical power supply
- Set both thrust levers at IDLE position
- Turn on hydraulic system 2 electric pump
- Cycle parking brake handle while a second person checks that the
brake actuating pistons for all brake assemblies are in operation
- Release parking brake
- Advance thrust levers to MAX position
- Check that the voice message TAKEEOFF BRAKES does not sound
and the EICAS message NO TAKE OFF CONFIG is not presented
- Retard power lever and turn off the hydraulic pump
________________________________________________________
32-50-02 (-1) Control wheel steering disengage button - Copilot’s

control wheel steering disengage button check
Check the copilot’s control wheel steering disengage button

- Ensure the nose wheels are centered
- Press the copilot steering disengage button (STEER DISC) on the con-
trol wheel.
- Check STEER INOP caution message comes into view.
- Move the pedals from full right to full left and check RUDDER movement
associated with no steering command. Make sure that the wheels do not
move when the pedal is operated.
- Press the steering handle to reconnect the steering.
- Check STEER INOP caution message goes out of view.
________________________________________________________
32-60-00 (-1) Landing gear proximity switches
NOTE: Proximity switches include: air/ground, up lock, down lock,

7 degree steering, and nose landing gear door sequence
NOTE: One uplock and one down lock proximity switch may be
inoperative in each landing gear leg
Operational check of Air / Ground system:

- Aircraft on the ground
MX 32 - 7
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
- Energize the aircraft

- On the overhead panel, set the BATT 1 switch to OFF and make sure
that the BATT 2 switch is set to OFF
NOTE: The switches of batteries 1 and 2 must be set to the OFF posi-
tion to permit the external power to energize the electrical sys-
tems when the aircraft is in the Air condition
- A) Open the AIR / GND A, AIR / GND B, AIR / GND C, and AIR / GND
D circuit breakers in 10 seconds maximum
NOTE: This is to reset the air / ground channels of the Landing Gear
Electronic Unit (LGEU). During the reset processing (3 sec.
max.) the LG AIR / GND FAIL caution message is activated.
AFter the reset, the message goes out of view
- B) Push the TEST button of display controller 1
- The self-test starts on PFD 1
NOTE: Result 1 means that LGEU channel A shows the aircraft-on-
ground condition
- C) On the maintenance panel, set the AHRS switch to position 1
- The AHRS 1 self-test starts on PFD 1
NOTE: Result 1 means that LGEU channel B1 shows the aircraft-on-
ground condition
- D) Push the PGE button of RMU 1
- The MAINTENANCE label is available
NOTE: Result 1 means that LGEU channel B2 shows the aircraft-on-
ground condition
- E) Push the TEST button of display controller 2
- The self-test starts on PFD 2
NOTE: Result 1 means that LGEU channel C shows the aircraft-on-
ground condition
- F) On the maintenance panel, set the AHRS switch to position 2
- The AHRS 2 self-test starts on PFD 2
NOTE: Result 1 means that LGEU channel D1 shows the aircraft-on-
ground condition
- G) Push the PGE button of RMU 2
- The MAINTENANCE label is available
NOTE: Result 1 means that LGEU channel D2 shows the aircraft-on-
ground condition
- Attach a metallic target with adhesive in front of the WOW 1 proximity
switch of the LH MLG
- Make sure that after 10 seconds, the LG AIR / GND FAIL caution
message does not come into view on the EICAS display
NOTE: If the LG AIR / GND FAIL caution message is shown on the
EICAS, refer to the fault isolation manual to identify the defec-
tive WOW proximity switch
- Do steps (B) through (G) again
MX 32 - 8
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
message comes into view on the EICAS display
NOTE: This step is a check on the logic function of the AIR / GND sys-
tem, as necessary when the second WOW proximity switch is
defective
- Remove the metallic target from the WOW 1 and 2 proximity switches
of the LH MLG
- Open the AIR / GND A, AIR / GND B, AIR / GND C, and AIR / GND D
circuit breakers. Then, close the circuit breakers in 10 seconds maxi-
mum
- On the EICAS display, the LG AIR / GND FAIL caution message goes
out of view
switch of the RH MLG
message does not come into view on the EICAS display
EICAS, refer to the fault isolation manual to identify the defec-
circuit breakers. Make sure that the LG AIR / GND FAIL caution mes-
sage is shown on the EICAS
- Attach a metallic target with adhesive in front of the WOW 1 and 2 prox-
imity switches of the LH MLG, WOW 2 proximity switch of the RH MLG,
and NOSE WOW proximity switch
- Close the circuit breakers in 10 seconds maximum
- On the EICAS display, the caution message LG AIR / GND FAIL,
goes out of view
- Do steps (B) through (G) again. Now the steps must not occur. This
means that the LGEU channels show the aircraft-in-flight condition
- Remove the metallic target from the WOW 1 proximity switch of the LH
MLG
message does not come into view
NOTE: If the caution message comes into view, refer to the Fault Iso-
lation Manual to identify the defective WOW proximity switch
- Do steps (B) through (G) again. Now the results must not occur. This
circuit breakers.
- Make sure that the LG AIR / GND FAIL caution message is shown on
the EICAS
MX 32 - 9
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06

- On the EICAS display, the LG AIR / GND FAIL caution message goes
out of view
- Remove the metallic target from the WOW 1 proximity switch of the RH
MLG
message does not come into view
EICAS, refer to the Fault Isolation Manual to identify the defec-
- Remove the metallic target from the WOW 2 proximity switch of the LH
MLG
message is shown
NOTE: This step is a check of the logic function of the AIR / GND sys-
tem, as necessary when the second WOW proximity switch is
defective
circuit breakers
- Remove the metallic targets from the WOW 2 proximity switch of the RH
MLG and from the WOW 1 proximity switch of the LH MLG
- The LG AIR / GND FAIL message is not shown on the EICAS
- Turn ON the hydraulic system 1 electrical pump and control the steering
- The steering does not obey the control
- Remove the metallic target from the WOW proximity switch of the NLG
and control the steering
Verify operation of the uplock proximity switch

- Do the retraction of the landing gear while you monitor the EICAS to
make sure that the “UP” indication comes into view for the related land-
ing gear leg
Verify operation of the downlock proximity switch

- Energize the aircraft and monitor the EICAS to make sure that the “ON”
indication comes into view for the related landing gear leg
MX 32 - 10
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
MX 32 - 11
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
________________________________________________________
MX 32 - 12
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05

ATA 33 - Lights
________________________________________________________
33-23-00 (-1) Passenger signs
Block affected passenger or flight attendant seat:

- Block affected passenger seat by placarding the seat “DO NOT
OCCUPY”
________________________________________________________
33-41-00 (-1) Landing Lights
Deactivate affected landing light circuit:

- Pull and collar the affected landing light circuit breaker (LDG LT NOSE
(J17)/ Nose Position, LDG 1 (H17)/LH Position, LGD 2 (H18)/RH Posi-
tion).
________________________________________________________
33-41-00 (-2) Landing Lights
Deactivate affected landing light circuit:

- Pull and collar the affected landing light circuit breaker (LDG LT NOSE
(J17)/ Nose Position, LDG 1 (H17)/LH Position, LGD 2 (H18)/RH Posi-
tion).
________________________________________________________
33-43-00 (-1) Navigation Lights
Navigation Lights - Wing tip positions (Green and Red),

Configure aircraft for the operative system:
- Set the NAV LIGHT switch on the maintenance panel, (behind the cap-
tain’s seat), to the NORM or STBY position to select the system which
is operative. Visually verify one light illuminates at each (left and right)
wing navigational light position
NOTE: This switch only affects the wing tip navigation lights and
has no affect on the Tail (Aft) navigation lighting system
MX 33 - 1
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
Navigation Lights - Aft position light bulbs (White),

Configure aircraft for the operative system:
- Set the NAV LIGHT switch on the ramp hail panel, (located outside, at
the RH aft side of the aircraft), to the NORM or STBY position to select
the system which is operative. Visually verify two lights illuminate at the
same time for the tail navigational light position
NOTE: This switch only affects the tail navigation lights and has no
affect on the wing tip navigation lighting system
________________________________________________________
MX 33 - 2
CHQ REV. 10 DATE: 05-01-04

ATA 34 - Navigation
________________________________________________________
34-22-01 (-1) Main panel displays
Crew can ensure aircraft is flown from side with operating MFD, and
sign off maintenance action
or
Maintenance Personnel Only - Ensure that the inoperative display is

installed at the non-flying pilot’s MFD display:
- If the one EICAS display or one PFD display becomes inoperative, swap
it with the non-flying pilot’s MFD display
________________________________________________________
34-31-00 (-1) Radio altimeter system (Single radio altimeter sys-

tem)
Deactivate affected Radio Altimeter:

- Pull and collar C/B (RA 1 (D14) for the affected Radio Altimeter
________________________________________________________
34-31-00 (-2) Radio altimeter system (Dual radio altimeter system)

(#2 radio altimeter inoperative only)

- Pull and collar C/B (RA 2 (D21)) for the affected Radio Altimeter
________________________________________________________
34-31-00 (-3) Radio altimeter system (Dual radio altimeter system)

(#1 or both radio altimeters inoperative)

- Pull and collar C/B for affected Radio Altimeter(s)
- RA 1 = Circuit Breaker D14
- RA 2 = Circuit Breaker D21
________________________________________________________
MX 34 - 1
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
34-42-00 (-2) Weather radar system Stabilization function
Perform antenna sweep check:

- Open the radome and lock it in a safe position to get access to the
weather Receiver/Transmitter Antenna (RTA) (AMM 6-30-00/101).
- Check if the sweep mechanism is aligned with the aircraft longitudinal
axis.
NOTE: The control mark in the sweep mechanism gear aligned with the
reference mark in the antenna structure.
- On the weather radar controller, located in the cockpit, set the radar
rotary switch to the SBY position.
- Unlock and close the radome.
________________________________________________________
34-43-00 (-1) Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS

II)
Traffic alert and collision avoidance system deactivation:

- To deactivate the TCAS, pull and collar the TCAS circuit breaker, refer-
ence the chart below:
TCAS ( )
TCAS ( )
TCAS ( )
________________________________________________________
MX 34 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 35 - Oxygen
________________________________________________________
35-20-00 (-2) Passenger oxygen system - Automatic presentation

system
Perform passenger oxygen-subsystem in manual mode operational

check:
- Make sure that the “PASS OXYGEN DEPLOY 1” and “PASS OXYGEN
DEPLOY 2” circuit breakers are closed
- Energize the aircraft with the external DC power supply
- Set the test knob of the dispensing units to “TEST”
- Make sure that the knob of the passenger oxygen control panel is in the
AUTO position
- Open the “PASS OXYGEN DEPLOY 1” and “PASS OXYGEN DEPLOY
2” circuit breakers
- Set the knob of the passenger-oxygen control panel to MAN and release
- The doors of the oxygen dispensing units must not open
- The “NO SMOKING” light in the passenger cabin stays off
- The “FASTEN SEAT BELTS” light in the passenger cabin stays off
- The “ON” light, on the passenger oxygen control panel stays off
- The “RETURN TO SEAT” light in the lavatory stays off
- Close the “PASS OXYGEN DEPLOY 1” circuit breaker
- Set the knob of the passenger oxygen control panel to MAN and release
- The doors of the oxygen dispensing units must open
- The “NO SMOKING” light in the passenger cabin comes on
- The “FASTEN SEAT BELT” light in the passenger cabin comes on
- The “ON” light on the passenger oxygen control panel comes on
- The “RETURN TO SEAT” light in the lavatory comes on
- Stop for 6 seconds after the dispensing unit doors open. Then reset the
manual lever of the latch and close the doors
- Set the knob of the passenger oxygen control to CLOSE then the AUTO
- The “NO SMOKING” light in the passenger cabin goes off
- The “FASTEN SEAT BELTS” light in the passenger cabin goes off
- The “ON” light on the passenger oxygen control panel goes off
- The “RETURN TO SEAT” light in the lavatory goes off
- Close the “PASS OXYGEN DEPLOY 1” and “PASS OXYGEN DEPLOY
2” circuit breakers
MX 35 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
- Move the test knob of the dispensing unit back to the normal position
________________________________________________________
35-20-00 (-3) Passenger oxygen system - Passenger dispensing

units
Deactivate affected seat:

- Block affected seat(s) by placarding “DO NOT OCCUPY”
________________________________________________________
MX 35 - 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08

ATA 36 - Pneumatic
________________________________________________________
36-11-05 (-1) Engine bleed shutoff valves
Secure engine bleed shutoff valve in closed position:

- Gain access to the affected valve (AMM 6-43-00/101)
(a) Remove Panel 414DB (LH Pylon)
(b) Remove Panel 424DB (RH Pylon)
- Disconnect, insulate and stow the electrical connector
- Remove the locking screw from the actuator housing. It has a retaining
cable
- Turn the valve to the closed position
- The locking crank has a hex head so you can put a wrench on it to turn
the valve
- Install the locking screw in the hole in the actuator housing that is near-
est to the locking crank
- Install the panel removed for access to the valve
(a) Panel 414DB (LH Pylon)
(b) Panel 424DB (RH Pylon)
MX 36 - 1
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
Engine Bleed Pressure Regulator Shutoff Valve secured closed:
- Remove the following access panels: 414DB (LH pylon) or 424DB

(RH pylon).
- Verify that the pneumatic system is de-pressurized and that the
solenoid is de-energized.
- Loosen the position indicator lock screw.
- Slide the lock into the recess of the cover plate. A rotation of the
screw may be necessary to center the lock in the recess of the cover
plate.
- Torque the position indicator lock screw to 11 to 13 lb-in.
- Install access panel 414DB or 424DB.
MX 36 - 2
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
________________________________________________________

- Refer to MEL 36-11-05 (-1) for deactivation procedures
________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________
36-11-10 (-1) Air conditioning panel air button red leak indication
Perform Thermal Switch (Massive Leakage Switch) Operational

Check:
- Perform TASK 36-20-02-700-802-A (AMM) for EICAS indication for
thermal switch operation check.
NOTE: Procedures can be quite extensive for this task. Utilize the
aircraft maintenance manual for the current and most up to date
procedures available. These may be faxed or E-mailed as
needed.
________________________________________________________
MX 36 - 3
REV. 17 DATE: 04-30-08
36-12-01 (-1) APU bleed shutoff valves
- Placard APU Bleed Button “INOP”
APU Bleed Shutoff Valve secured closed:

- Pull and safety the APU BLEED circuit breaker CB0380 (C14)
Do a check on the APU bleed valve position indicator:
- Put the workstand below the aircraft tail cone.
- Open APU-cowling access panel 313CL. (AMM 06-42-00/101).
- With the aid of a flashlight and mirror, make sure that the position
indicator on the bleed valve indicates that the valve is closed
- Close APU-cowling access panel 313CL. (AMM 06-42-00/101).
- Remove the workstand below the aircraft tail cone.
________________________________________________________
MX 36 - 4
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 38 - Water / Waste
________________________________________________________
38-10-00 (-1) Water systems
Deactivate inoperative component(s):

- Deactivate and secure the inoperative component(s) to ensure the pre-
vention of accidental usage.
- Verify associated components do not have leaks
EFFECTIVITY: PRE-MOD. SB 145-38-0002
MX 38 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
EFFECTIVITY: POST-MOD. SB 145-38-0002
________________________________________________________
MX 38 - 2
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-15-03
38-10-00 (-2) Water systems
Drain potable water system:

- Drain potable water tank by removing drainage cap and pulling handles
until flow of water stops
- Reinstall drainage cap and close panel and verify latching
- Placard above fill cap “DO NOT FILL”
________________________________________________________
38-30-00 (-1) Lavatory waste systems (Including wheelchair

accessible lavatories)
Deactivate inoperative component(s):

- Deactivate and secure the inoperative component(s) to ensure the pre-
vention of accidental usage.
- Verify associated components do not have leaks
________________________________________________________
38-30-00 (-2) Lavatory waste systems (Including wheelchair

accessible lavatories)
Deactivate lavatory waste system:

- Pull and collar lavatory flush circuit breaker E11
- Secure lavatory door closed
________________________________________________________
MX 38 - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 38 - 4
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 45 - Central Maintenance Computer (CMC)
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
MX 45 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 45 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 49 - Airborne Auxiliary Power
________________________________________________________
49-00-00 (-1) Auxiliary power unit
APU deactivation:
- Pull and collar the APU control circuit breakers, APU CONTROL (C30)
on the circuit breaker panel and the APU CONTROL (E6) on the left DC
distribution box
________________________________________________________
49-74-01 (-1) APU hourmeter function
Alternate procedures for tracking APU operating hours:

- No actual maintenance procedure required. Chautauqua Record’s
Dept. will track APU hours by calculating rate against aircraft hours. Cur-
rent utilization is 1 APU hour to 1.3 aircraft hours.
________________________________________________________
MX 49 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 49 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 52 - Doors
________________________________________________________
52-12-00 (-1) Main door hydraulic actuation systems
Damper function checking:

- Lift the door manually up to its mid closed position, and then let the door
come down
- Check that the door moves down slowly, with damping
NOTE: Care should be taken to avoid the door coming down without
damping
________________________________________________________
52-70-00 (-3) Doors warning system (Door position indication on

MFD and EICAS) - Emergency access hatches
Emergency access hatch inspection:

- Carefully check that the affected emergency access hatch is locked or
latched prior to each departure
________________________________________________________

MFD and EICAS) - Access hatches
Access hatch inspection:

- Carefully check that the affected access hatch is locked or latched prior
to each departure. A stand may be required to inspect the rear electron-
ics bay hatch
________________________________________________________

MFD and EICAS) - Fueling door
Fueling door inspection:

- Carefully check that the fueling door is locked or latched prior to each
departure
________________________________________________________
MX 52 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 52 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 56 - Windows
________________________________________________________
56-10-01 (-1) Windshield glass plies
Deactivate windshield heat for affected unit:

- Pull and collar the WSHLD TEMP circuit breaker associated with the
defective windshield (G13 or J20)
________________________________________________________
MX 56 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 56 - 2
CHQ REV. 10 DATE: 05-01-04

ATA 73 - Engine Fuel & Control
________________________________________________________
73-22-01 (-1) Full authority digital electronic controls (FADEC’s)
Document FADEC faults and report to initiate troubleshooting:

- Maintenance to list on the deferral form all messages that pertain to the
E1 (2) SHORT DISP message that are listed on the MFD maintenance
page and report faults to Maintenance Control to initiate troubleshooting
procedures
________________________________________________________
73-33-01 (-1) E1 (2) Fuel IMP BYP advisory messages (Verify the
malfunction is in the fuel impending bypass switch to its associated
wiring)
− Energize the airplane with a DC Power Supply (TASK 20-40-01-860-

801-A – AMM).
− Pull the START 2 circuit breakers (B12 and B23 respectively) and
attach DO-NOT-CLOSE tags to them.
− Open the associated engine lower cowling door (TASK 71-12-01-000-
801-A – AMM).
− Use the following check procedures as a troubleshooting reference:
Visual indicators (pop-up buttons) check:
− Check that both the electrical/mechanical impending-bypass indicator
and the mechanical actual-bypass indicator (See Figure) have their
respective pop-up buttons not protruded.
Electrical/mechanical impending-bypass indicator (switch) check:
− Check that the resistance between pins B and C in the electrical/
mechanical impending-bypass indicator is not greater than 10 ohms.
− Check that the resistance between the indicator shell and pins B and C,
one at a time, is not lower than 1000 ohms.
After checking:
− Close the engine lower cowling door (TASK 71-12-01-400-801-A –
AMM).
− Push in the START 1 and START 2 circuit breakers (B12 and B23
respectively) back and remove the DO-NOT-CLOSE tags from them.
− Remove the DC Power Supply (TASK 20-40-01-860-801-A – AMM).
MX 73 - 1
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
________________________________________________________
73-33-02 (-1) Fuel Filters
Visual indicators (pop-up buttons) check:

− Check that the mechanical actual-bypass indicator (See Figure in Item
73-33-01 (-1)) has it’s respective pop-up button not protruded.
________________________________________________________
MX 73 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 74 - Ignition
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
MX 74 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 74 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 77 - Engine Indicating
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
MX 77 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
MX 77 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03

ATA 78 - Engine Exhaust
________________________________________________________
78-30-00 (-1) Thrust reversers
In case of thrust reverser hydraulic system leakage, perform TASK 78-

31-01-980-803-A (AMM) before performing the task listed below.
Thrust reverser deactivation:
NOTE: This procedure is written to be used for deactivation of either

thrust reverser, but only one thrust reverser may be deacti-
vated at one time.
- Put the work stand in the work area

- Open the engine lower cowl
- On the circuit breaker panel, open the following circuit breakers:
- Thrust reverser 1
- Thrust reverser 2
- HYD ELEC PUMP 1
- HYD ELEC PUMP 2
- Put the Isolation Control Unit in the Inhibit position (See page MX78- 3,
-4)
- Open the access panel 312AR
- Remove the quick release pin from it’s storage position
- Manually push the ICU inhibition lever to the Inhibit position. This
will align the hole in the ICU housing with the hole in the inhibition
lever
- Install the quick release pin to the aligned holes, and make sure
that the inhibition lever contacts the ICU microswitch.
WARNING: When a reverser is locked out, the corresponding ICU

must also be inhibited. Also it is very important that the
inhibition bolts be installed to the upper and lower doors
of the affected reverser and that the corresponding ICU
be in the “INHIBITED” position
WARNING: Keep the ICU in the inhibit position all the time when you
have the thrust reverser doors locked in the stowed
position
MX 78 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CAUTION: Make sure that the upper and lower doors are in line with
the nacelle contour before you install the door inhibition
bolts
CAUTION: Do not tighten the inhibition bolt too much because this
will cause the door to go too much in and the primary
locks to be released
- Get access to the torsion box firewall and open the clamps (1)
- Remove the door inhibition bolts (2) from their location and close the
clamps (1)
- Remove the screws (3) and inhibition plugs (4) 416LT / 416DB / 426LT
/ 426DB (AMM 06-43-00/101)
- Install the door inhibition bolts (2) to the hole in the thrust reverser doors
and tighten them
NOTE: Install the shorter inhibition bolt in the upper inhibition hole,
and the longer inhibition bolt in the lower inhibition hole
NOTE: Apply Molykote (grease 33) lubricant to the bolt thread if
necessary. Tighten the bolt with a 3/8 inch spanner. The
doors must stay in line with the structure when the inhibi-
tion bolts are correctly installed
- Install the inhibition plugs (4) to the inhibition plug storage location on
the torsion box firewall
- Close the lower cowling
- Remove the work stand from the work area
- On the circuit breaker panel, close the following circuit breakers:
- Thrust reverser 1
- Thrust reverser 2
- HYD ELEC PUMP 1
- HYD ELEC PUMP 2
MX 78 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Isolation Control Unit Diagram- 1
MX 78 - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Isolation Control Unit Diagram- 2
MX 78 - 4
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
78-34-00 (-1) ENG 1 (2) REV DISAGREE messages

- Reference MEL 78-30-00 (-1) for thrust reverser deactivation proce-
dures
________________________________________________________
MX 78 - 5
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
78-34-05 (-1) Idle stop (Solenoid)

- Reference MEL 78-30-00 (-1) for thrust reverser deactivation proce-
dures
________________________________________________________
MX 78 - 6
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06

ATA 79 - Engine Oil
________________________________________________________
79-32-01 (-1) Low oil pressure switches
Perform oil quantity servicing each flight day:

- On the overhead circuit breaker panel, open the START 1 and START
2 circuit breakers and attach DO-NOT-CLOSE tags to them.
WARNING: DO NOT OPEN OR KEEP ENGINE ACCESS DOORS

OPEN IF THE WIND IS MORE THAN 15 KNOTS
- Open access door 413BB of the LH engine or access door 423BB of the
RH engine accordingly
WARNING:DO NOT TOUCH THE COMPONENTS OF THE ENGINE

UNTIL THEY ARE COOL. THE TEMPERATURE STAYS
HIGH AFTER THE ENGINE STOPS. THE HIGH TEMPER-
ATURES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
WARNING: DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM SYNTHETIC

LUBRICATING OIL. IT CAN CONTAIN TRICRESYL
PHOSPHATE. USE IN AN AREA WITH CONTINUOUS
AIRFLOW. KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT, SPARKS, AND
OPEN FLAMES. DO NOT GET IT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN
YOUR EYES. WEAR GOGGLES, CHEMICAL-RESISTANT
GLOVES, AND SAFETY CLOTHING. IF YOU GET IT ON
YOUR SKIN, CLEAN WITH SOAP AND WATER. IF YOU
GET IT IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH WITH WATER. GET MED-
ICAL AID
WARNING: SERVICE WITH EXXON 2380 ENGINE OIL
- Remove the filler cap (1) from the engine oil tank (3)
- Prior to the first flight of the day, fill the engine oil tank until the oil
reaches the one quart mark on the sight gauge
- Prior to flights other than the first flight of the day, when the quantity is
below the three quart mark on the sight gauge, fill the oil tank until the
oil reaches the two quart mark on the sight gauge
NOTE: Servicing the oil tank to levels other than above could cause a
indication of a high oil pressure condition during takeoff
MX 79 - 1
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
- Record the volume of oil added to the engine oil tank in the maintenance
records
- Install the filler cap (1) on the engine oil tank (3)
NOTE: The locking tab must be pushed fully down to lock the filler cap
closed
NOTE: It is possible that the sight gauge will show less than full imme-
diately after the initial servicing. This is acceptable
- Remove all the tools and equipment from the work area. Make sure the
work area is clean
- Close access door 413BB of the LH engine or access door 423BB of the
RH engine accordingly
- On the overhead circuit breaker panel, close the START 1 and START
2 circuit breakers and remove DO-NOT-CLOSE tags from them.
________________________________________________________
MX 79 - 2
CHQ REV. 15 DATE: 11-01-06
79-33-01 (-1) Oil level indication systems
Perform oil quantity servicing each flight day:

- Reference MEL 79-32-01 (-1) for oil quantity servicing.
________________________________________________________
79-34-01 (-1) Oil particle sensors

Visually inspect oil tank magnetic plug:
- Open lower cowling door
- Remove oil tank magnetic plug
CAUTION: Oil may drain from tank upon removal of plug. Take
action to prevent oil spillage and avoid contact with hot oil
- Visually inspect magnetic plug for debris
- If no debris is noted, reinstall the plug by inserting it and rotating
it 90 degrees in either direction and check the oil level IAW MEL
79-33-01 (-1) Maintenance Procedures
- If debris is noted, contact Maintenance Control for analysis and
disposition
- Close lower cowling door and verify latching
- Perform leak check of oil tank magnetic plug
MX 79 - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
1 A
A
E
F
B 2
D
C
VIEW A
NTJ101XA
________________________________________________________
MX 79 - 4
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
79-35-01 (-1) E1 / 2 OIL IMP BYP messages
Visually check oil filter by-pass indicator:

- Open lower cowling door
- Examine the mechanical actual-bypass indicator (1) on the oil
filter unit (2) to see if the red indicator button is extended
- If the oil filter by-pass red indicator button is found to be
extended, contact Maintenance Control for disposition
- Close lower cowl door and verify latching
MX 79 - 5
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
BOTTOM VIEW
VIEW A
NTJ139XA
________________________________________________________
79-35-02 (-1) Oil Filters
Visually check oil filter by-pass indicator:
- Follow the Maintenance Instructions as outlined in MEL item 79-35-01
(-1).
________________________________________________________
MX 79 - 6
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05

ATA 80 - Starting
________________________________________________________
80-10-02 (-1) Starter Control Valves
Perform manual override of Starter Control Valve (SCV) during

engine start:
- Open access door 413AB/423AB to get access to the appropriate SCV
WARNING: When you operate the SCV manually, put protec-

tions on your hands and arms. This can prevent
injuries caused by the heat and air blast from the
starter
CAUTION: If the valve is not closed before the engine N2 indi-

cation on the EICAS goes above the idle value,
damage to the air turbine starter (ATS) can occur
CAUTION: Manual operation of the SCV without air pressure

in the inlet duct can cause damage to the valve
NOTE: Use the rear (ramp) interphone system or hand signals

for communications between persons on the ramp
and in the cockpit
- Do the normal engine start procedure (Flight Crew), and tell the ground
crew (Maintenance) to turn the SCV manual override control to the
OPEN position and hold it
- When the engine N2 comes to the idle value, release the SCV manual
control. The valve will come back to the CLOSED position automatically
- Close access door 413AB/423AB accordingly
MX 80 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
________________________________________________________
MX 80 - 2
Configuration Deviation List - General
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
EMB 135/145 Series Configuration Deviation List

Table of Contents
Table of Contents.......................... CDL - 1, CDL - 2

General...................................... CDL - 3, to CDL - 6
SYSTEM SYSTEM PAGE NUMBER
6 Dimensions and Areas CDL 6-1, to CDL 6-6

23 Communications CDL 23-1, 23-2
28 Fuel CDL 28-1, 28-2
32 Landing Gear CDL 32-1, 32-2
33 Lights CDL 33-1, 33-2
49 Auxiliary Power Unit CDL 49-1, 49-2
52 Doors CDL 52-1, 52-2
54 Nacelle/Pylons CDL 54-1, to CDL 54-4
55 Stabilizers CDL 55-1, to CDL 55-6
57 Wings CDL 57-1, 57-2
CDL - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL - 2
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
GENERAL LIMITATIONS
This Configuration Deviation List contains additional certificate limitations
for operation of the EMB-135/145 series aircraft without certain secondary
airframe and engine parts as listed herein. When the airplane is operated
using the CDL, it must be operated in accordance with the limitations
specified in the POH, as amended in the CDL. All the items which are
related to the airworthiness of the airplane and not included on the list are
automatically required.
The associated limitations must be listed on a placard affixed in the cock-

pit in clear view of the pilots and other appropriate crewmember(s). The
pilot in command must be notified of each operation with a missing part(s)
by listing the missing part(s) in the flight or dispatch release. The operator
will list in the airplane logbook an appropriate notation covering the miss-
ing part(s) on each flight.
If an additional part is lost, the airplane may not depart the airport at which
it landed following this event, until it complies with the limitation of the
CDL. This, of course, does not preclude the issuance of a ferry permit to
allow the airplane to be flown to a point where the necessary repairs or
replacement can be made.
No more than one part for any one system may be missing, unless spe-
cific combinations of parts are included in the CDL. Unless otherwise
specified, parts from different systems may be missing. The performance
penalties are cumulative, unless specifically designated penalties are
indicated for the combination of missing parts.
No more than three parts that have each been determined to cause negli-
gible performance degradation may be missing for takeoff without apply-
ing a performance penalty. When more than three such parts are missing,
a performance penalty of either 0.05 percent of the maximum takeoff
weight or 45 kilograms (100 pounds), whichever is less, must be applied
for takeoff, en route, and landing for each missing part.
CDL - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
No more than ten parts that have each been determined to cause no per-
formance penalty may be missing.
Takeoff performance penalties should be applied to the takeoff weights

that are limited by performance considerations (i.e., takeoff field length,
first, second, or final segment climb, or takeoff flight path). If the perfor-
mance-limited takeoff weight is greater than the maximum certified takeoff
weight, the takeoff performance penalties should be applied to the maxi-
mum certified takeoff weight to ensure compliance with the noise require-
ments.
Landing performance penalties should be applied to the landing weights

that are limited by performance considerations (i.e., landing field length,
landing climb, or approach climb). If the performance-limited landing
weight is greater than the maximum certified landing weight, the landing
performance penalties should be applied to the maximum certified land-
ing weight to ensure compliance with the noise requirements.
En route performance penalties apply only to operations that are limited

by the one-engine inoperative en route climb performance.
COMPONENT LOCATION
The numbering and designation of systems in this section are based on
ATA Spec. 100. The parts within each system are identified by their func-
tional description and, when necessary, by door or panel identification,
followed by the appropriate figure.
The access doors and panels in a zone are identified by an alphanumeric

system which has three digits. They identify the zone where the access
door or panel is located, followed by a two-letter or three-letter suffix.
CDL - 4
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
− The first digit indicates a major zone of the airplane, which gives the
necessary reference for the identification of the service areas or com-
ponents:
MAJOR ZONE AREA
100 Lower fuselage (below the floor line)

200 Upper fuselage (above the floor line)
300 Tail cone and empennage group
400 Powerplant and nacelles
500 Left half-wing
600 Right half-wing
700 Landing gear wheel well doors
800 Doors (main, service, cargo, emergency)
− The following two digits indicates sub-zones. For example:
111 - Radome; 510 - Wing Leading Edge.
− The first letter identifies a sequence which starts with the letter A.
− The second letter shows the location of each access door or panel in
relation to the aircraft as follows:
B: Bottom T: Top
L: Left R: Right
− Each panel gets a fastener identification code, boxed, which identi-

fies the type and quantity of the fasteners for each panel.
L: Latch
S: Screw
C: Camloc
For further details on this system, please see Airplane Maintenance

Manual, Chapter 6, for the part identification.
CDL - 5
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL - 6
Configuration Deviation List
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
ATA 06 - Dimensions and Areas
System & 1. 2. Number Installed
Sequence ITEM 3. Number required for dispatch
Remarks and/or
Number
exceptions
6 Dimensions And Areas
41-1 Exterior Main Door 1 0 May be missing with no

Control Panel penalty.
Access Door
41-2 External Power 1 0 May be missing with no

Connection penalty
Access Door
41-3 Ground Air 1 0 May be missing provided

Conditioning maximum airspeed is lim-
Connection ited to 250 KIAS/0.65 M,
Access Door whichever is lower.
41-4 Air Conditioning Heat 1 0 May be missing provided

Exchanger Grills maximum airspeed is lim-
ited to 250 KIAS/0.65 M,
whichever is lower.
41-5 Pack Valve/ 2 0 May be missing provided

Wing Anti-Ice maximum airspeed is lim-
Valve Access Door ited to 250 KIAS/0.65 M,
(191LR/KL) whichever is lower.
41-6 Bleed Flexible Joint 4 0 May be missing provided

Access Door maximum airspeed is lim-
(194AR/CR, ited to 250 KIAS/0.65 M,
195AL/CL) whichever is lower.
41-7 Red Beacon Fairing 1 0 May be missing provided

(192EL) maximum airspeed is lim-
whichever is lower.
CDL 06 - 1
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
Remarks and/or
Number
exceptions
41-8 Hydraulic Servicing 6 0 May be missing provided

(193GR/HR/JR, ited to 250 KIAS/0.65 M,
193DL/EL/FL) whichever is lower.
41-9 Fuel Tank Drain Valve 2 0 May be missing provided

(192CL/DR) ited to 250 KIAS/0.65 M,
whichever is lower.
41-10 Fuel Wing Stub 2 1 One may be missing with no

Drain Valve penalty.
Access Door
(192HL/JR)
41-11 Drip Stick Door 2 1 One may be missing with no

(192FL/GR) penalty.
(EMB 145EP/LR/MP)
42-1 Pressure Fueling 1 0 May be missing Provided:

Panel Access Door a) Door microswitch is
locked actuated (Simulat-
ing door closed);
b) Refueling, defueling and
power switches are veri-
fied in the CLOSED/
NORMAL position;
c) Refueling cap is locked
and latched; and
d) Maximum airspeed is lim-
whichever is lower.
CDL 06 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Remarks and/or
Number
exceptions
42-2 Potable Water 1 0 May be missing provided

Service Door maximum airspeed is lim-
whichever is lower.
42-4 Waste Service Door 1 0 May be missing with no

penalty
42-5 Engine Starting 1 0 May be missing with no

Pneumatic penalty
Connection Door
42-6 Maintenance 1 0 May be missing with no

Interphone penalty
Connection Door
42-7 APU Tail Cone 4 0 May be missing with no

Attaching Bolt penalty
Access Door
(313ER/DR/AL/BR)
42-8 APU Servicing 1 0 May be missing provided

Access Door APU operates on the
(313CL) ground only.
CDL 06 - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Figure 1
CDL 06 - 4
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Figure 2
CDL 06 - 5
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Figure 3
CDL 06 - 6
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
ATA 23 - Communications
Number Remarks and/or exceptions
23 Communications
60-1 Static Dischargers 22 14 A maximum of 7 (seven) on

aircraft modified by
EOE23005 and a maximum
of 8 (eight) on aircraft not yet
modified by EOE23005
static dischargers may be
missing in any combination
provided:
a) 1 (one) is installed on the
nose landing gear, (Not
installed or required on
Chautauqua Modified Air-
craft, Reference
EOE23005);
b) 3 (three) are installed on
each wing;
c) 1 (one) is installed on the
rudder;
d) 3 (three) are installed on
each elevator
CDL 23 - 1
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
Not installed or required on

Chautauqua Modified Air
craft, Reference EOE23005.
Figure 3A
CDL 23 - 2
CHQ REV. 10 DATE: 12-15-04
ATA 28 - Fuel
28 Fuel
11-1 Fuel Tank Drain 2 0 May be missing provided

Access Door Maximum airspeed is limited
to 250 KIAS/0.65 M, which-
ever is lower.
12-1 Vent Valves 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

Screen Assembly alty.
42-1 Direct Quantity - 0 May be missing with no pen-

Measuring Sticks alty.
CDL 28 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL 28 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
ATA 32 - Landing Gear
32 Landing Gear
10-1 Main Landing 2 0 May be missing provided

Gear Doors maximum airspeed is limited
ever is lower.
10-2 Main Landing Gear 2 0 May be missing provided

Wheels Fairing maximum airspeed is limited
ever is lower.
CDL 32 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL 32 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
ATA 33 - Lights
33 Lights
41-1 Nose Landing Light 1 0 May be missing with no pen-

alty
42-1 Taxi Light 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

alty
43-1 Navigation Light 3 0 May be missing with no pen-

Protective Lens alty
44-1 Inspection Light 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

46-1 Logotype Light 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

47-1 Red Beacon Light 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

50-1 Exterior Emergency 4 0 May be missing with no pen-

Light Protective Lens alty
CDL 33 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL 33 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
ATA 49 - Auxiliary Power Unit
49 Auxiliary Power Unit
42-1 APU Starter/Generator 1 0 May be missing provided

Air Intake Scoop APU operates on the ground
only.
52-1 APU Compartment 1 0 May be missing provided

Cooling Air Intake APU operates on the ground
Scoop only.
CDL 49 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL 49 - 2
CHQ REV. 10 DATE: 05-01-04
ATA 52 - Doors
52 Doors
10-1 Main Door Hand grip 1 0 May be missing with no pen-

alty.
42-1 Service Door Hand grip 1 0 May be missing with no pen-

alty.
CDL 52 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL 52- 2
CHQ REV. 10 DATE: 05-01-04
ATA 54 - Nacelle / Pylons
54 Nacelle / Pylons
50-1 Systems Access Door 6 4 A maximum of 1 per pylon

(414AB/BB/EB, for a total of 2 may be miss-
424AB/BB/EB) ing provide maximum air-
speed is limited to 250 KIAS/
0.65 M, whichever is lower.
50-2 Bleed Valve 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

Access Door alty.
(414DB, 424DB)
50-3 Pre-Cooler 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

Access Door alty.
(414CB, 424CB)
50-4 Engine Pylon Fairing 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

(414HL, 424HR) alty.
CDL 54 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Figure 4
CDL 54 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Figure 5
CDL 54 - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL 54 - 4
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
ATA 55 - Stabilizers
55 Stabilizers
10-2 Horizontal Stabilizer 6 4 A maximum of 1 per side for

Access Door a total of 2 may be missing
(334AB/BB/CB, with no penalty.
333AB/BB/CB)
20-2 Elevator Control Rod 4 0 May be missing with no pen-

Fairing alty.
20-3 Elevator Trim Control 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

Rod Fairing alty.
20-4 Elevator Access Door 16 15 One may be missing with no

(335FB/GB/HB, penalty.
336FB/GB/HB) 335AB/BB/CB/DB/EB and
336AB/BB/CB/DB/EB can-
not be missing.
30-1 Vertical Stabilizer 19 16 A maximum of 3 in any com-

Access Door bination may be missing with
(322AL/BR, no penalty.
324AL/BL/CL/DL, 324FR/EL and 325EL/LR
325AL/BL/CL/DL, cannot be missing.
325FR/GR/HR/JR/KR)
40-1 Rudder Access Door 15 13 A maximum of 2 in any com-

(326AL/BL/CL/EL/FL/ bination may be missing with
GL/HL, no penalty.
327AL/BL/CL/DL,
327ER/FR/GR/HR)
CDL 55 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Figure 6
CDL 55 - 2
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Figure 7
CDL 55 - 3
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Figure 8
CDL 55 - 4
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
Figure 9
CDL 55 - 5
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL 55 - 6
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
ATA 57 - Wings
System &
2. Number Installed
1.
Remarks and/or
Number
exceptions
57 Wings
20-1 Vortex Generator 24 22 A maximum of 1 per wing for

a total of 2 may be missing
with no penalty.
30-2 Wing Tip Glareshield 2 0 May be missing with no pen-

alty.
42-1 Wing Grounding Point 2 0 One or both may be missing

(All aircraft except for with no penalty provided:
135KL) a) The hole is covered with
Scotch Brand Tape (Silver
Tape) or similar product
and;
b) The landing gear ground-
ing point is available.
52-1 Flap Track Fairing 10 9 One may be missing with no

penalty.
52-2 Wing-to-flap Seal 4 3 One may be missing pro-

vided maximum airspeed is
limited to 250 KIAS/0.65 M,
whichever is lower.
CDL 57 - 1
CHQ REV. 09 DATE: 11-15-03
CDL 57 - 2
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
ATA 78 - Engine Exhaust
System &
2. Number Installed
1.
Remarks and/or
Number
exceptions
78 Engine Exhaust
31-1 Plug Inhibition of the 4 0 May be missing with no pen-

Thrust Reversers alty.
CDL 78 - 1
CHQ REV. 11 DATE: 01-01-05
CDL 78 - 2

EMB 135/145 Series - Minimum Equipment List

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EMB 135/145 Series - Minimum Equipment List

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EMB 135/145 Series -

Minimum Equipment List

MEL Record of Revisions

All additions, corrections, or changes to the Manual will be issued

When revisions to the Manual are received, follow the directions on

REV DATE YOUR REV DATE YOUR DATE YOUR

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

MEL Bulletin Record

Bulletin Date Subject Chapter/Page Date

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

MEL Revision Highlights

EMB 135/145 Series - Minimum Equipment List

EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Introduction

EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Definitions

"Deactivated" and "Secured".................................................... DEF-4

EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Preamble

Minimum Equipment Listing

System 52: Doors................................................................ ATA 52-1

ATA 36 - Pneumatic.............................................................. MX 36-1

EMB 135/145 Series Configuration Deviation List

EMB 135/145 M.E.L. - Introduction

The purpose of the M.E.L. is to authorize Chautauqua Airlines to oper-

This section describes two of the methods to defer a maintenance item

Chautauqua's policy is to repair all noted defects as quickly as possible.

Chautauqua Airlines maintains a program for management of the MEL

1. The Maintenance Controller on duty, through consultations with

2. The Manager of Maintenance Control reviews the following items

- Total number of MELs by fleet type

- Reason for any delay in the repair of an MEL item

- Review of plans to bring together parts, maintenance personnel

1. If items are deferred due to the unavailability of parts, Mainte-

1. Prior to flight the pilot-in-command will assess the affect of multiple

Any restrictions imposed by an assigned MEL item or one listed

MEL Item 24-20-03 (-1), Inverter, states in the MEL provisos

This would lead to the GPWS/Windshear MEL Item 34-41-00 (-

In the situation above, the restrictions of both the Inverter MEL

2. Any requirement listed in the “Remarks / Exceptions” column of

4. Control, Review and Distribution of the MEL

Chautauqua’s Engineering Department reviews revised MMELs appli-

a) Manager of Maintenance Control or his / her designee

b) Applicable Engineer or his / her designee

a) Director of Flight operations or designee.

3) Systems Operations Control Department

a) Manager of Dispatch or his / her designee

a) Manager of Technical Publications or his / her designee

b. A copy of the revised MMEL is given to the Committee members for

c. New procedures developed by the Committee members (when

For distribution or revision status of the M.E.L., check the company

The Manager of Technical Publications (or his/her designee) distrib-

Normally, within 3 working days after receipt of formal FAA approval,

f. CONTROLLING DOCUMENT DURING REVISION DISCREPANCY

During times of an MEL revision, a discrepancy may arise between the

When Maintenance Control issues an MEL /CDL that involves a revision

g. MISSING MEL PAGES

When Maintenance Control issues an MEL /CDL that involves missing

5. Bulletins (Temporary Revisions)

Bulletins are to be inserted in the area as designated on the first page

When a Bulletin is issued by FAX, it is the responsibility of the current

Examples of items that may be issued as Bulletins are as follows:

The deferral of inoperative systems starts with notification to the Main-

When the inoperative system is determined, the Maintenance Controller

A.) Deferring Items by Maintenance Personnel, either Chautauqua or

The Technician at the aircraft performing the deferral is ultimately